]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texinfo
gdb/testsuite/
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
c3b7224a 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
11@c in config/obj-*.c
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
42@ifset BOUT
43@set aout-bout
44@end ifset
45@ifset H8/300
46@set H8
47@end ifset
252b5132
RH
48@ifset SH
49@set H8
50@end ifset
51@ifset HPPA
52@set abnormal-separator
53@end ifset
54@c ------------
55@ifset GENERIC
56@settitle Using @value{AS}
57@end ifset
58@ifclear GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
60@end ifclear
61@setchapternewpage odd
62@c %**end of header
63
64@c @smallbook
65@c @set SMALL
66@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
67@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
68@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
69@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
70@c
71@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
72@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
73@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
74@c break.
75@c
76@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
77@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
78@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
79@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
80@c discretion, of course.
81@ifinfo
82@set SMALL
83@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
84@c might as well show 'em anyways.
85@end ifinfo
86
87@ifinfo
88@format
89START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
90* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 91* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
252b5132
RH
92END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
93@end format
94@end ifinfo
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
0e9517a9 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002,
c3b7224a 1042006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 105
0285c67d 106Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 107under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
108or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
109with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
110Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 111section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
112
113@c man end
0e9517a9 114@end copying
252b5132
RH
115
116@titlepage
117@title Using @value{AS}
118@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
119@ifclear GENERIC
120@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
121@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
122@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
123@sp 1
124@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
125@end ifset
252b5132
RH
126@sp 1
127@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
128@sp 1
129@sp 13
b45619c0 130The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 131Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 132first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
133The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
134distracting the boss while they got some work
135done.
136@sp 3
137@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
138@page
139@tex
140{\parskip=0pt
141\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
142\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
143}
144%"boxit" macro for figures:
145%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
146\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
147 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
148#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
149\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
150@end tex
151
152@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
ad22bfe8 153Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002,
c3b7224a 1542006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 155
cf055d54 156 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 157 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
158 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
159 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
160 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 161 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 162
252b5132 163@end titlepage
4ecceb71 164@contents
252b5132 165
2e64b665 166@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
167@node Top
168@top Using @value{AS}
169
e49e529d
JM
170This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
171@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
172@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
173@end ifset
174version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 175@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 176This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
177code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
178@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
179
180This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
181Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 182section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 183
252b5132
RH
184@menu
185* Overview:: Overview
186* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
187* Syntax:: Syntax
188* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
189* Symbols:: Symbols
190* Expressions:: Expressions
191* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
192@ifset ELF
193* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
194@end ifset
252b5132
RH
195* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
196* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
197* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 198* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 199* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 200@end menu
2e64b665 201@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
202
203@node Overview
204@chapter Overview
205@iftex
a4fb0134 206This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 207@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 208This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
209code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
210@end ifclear
211@end iftex
212
213@cindex invocation summary
214@cindex option summary
215@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 216Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 217see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 218
0285c67d
NC
219@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
220
a4fb0134 221@ignore
0285c67d
NC
222@c man begin SEEALSO
223gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
224@c man end
a4fb0134 225@end ignore
0285c67d 226
252b5132
RH
227@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
228@c to be limited to one line for the header.
229@smallexample
0285c67d 230@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 231@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
3d6b762c 232 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
233 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
234 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79
MM
240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
241 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
242 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
243@c
244@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
245@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
246@ifset ALPHA
247
248@emph{Target Alpha options:}
249 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
250 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 251 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
252 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
253 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
254@end ifset
252b5132 255@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
256
257@emph{Target ARC options:}
258 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
259 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
260@end ifset
261@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
262
263@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 264@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
265 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
266 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
267 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
268 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 269 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 270 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
271 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
272 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
273 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 274 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 275@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
276@ifset CRIS
277
278@emph{Target CRIS options:}
279 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
280 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
281 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 282 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
283@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
284@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
285@end ifset
252b5132 286@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
287
288@emph{Target D10V options:}
289 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
290@end ifset
291@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
292
293@emph{Target D30V options:}
294 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
295@end ifset
296@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
297
298@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
299 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
300@end ifset
301@ifset HPPA
302@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
303@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
304@ifset I80386
305
306@emph{Target i386 options:}
12b55ccc 307 [@b{--32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 308 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
309@end ifset
310@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
311
312@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 313@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
314 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
315 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
316 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 317@end ifset
587fe2b3 318@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 319
9e32ca89
NC
320@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
321 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
322 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
323 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 324 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 325 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 326 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
327 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
328@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
329@ifset IP2K
330
331@emph{Target IP2K options:}
332 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
333@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
334@ifset M32C
335
336@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 337 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 338@end ifset
587fe2b3 339@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 340
a4fb0134
SC
341@emph{Target M32R options:}
342 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 343 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 344@end ifset
252b5132 345@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
346
347@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
348 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 349@end ifset
60bcf0fa 350@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
351
352@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 353 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
354 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
355 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 356 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
357 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
358 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
359@end ifset
360@ifset MCORE
361
362@emph{Target MCORE options:}
363 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
364 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 365@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
366@ifset MICROBLAZE
367@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
368@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
369@end ifset
252b5132 370@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 373 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 374 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 375 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
376 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
377 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 378 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 379 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
380 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
381 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 382 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
e16bfa71 383 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 384 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 385 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 386 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 387 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 388 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
2babba43
MR
389 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
390 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
391 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 392 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 393 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
394@end ifset
395@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
396
397@emph{Target MMIX options:}
398 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
399 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
400 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 401 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
402@end ifset
403@ifset PDP11
404
405@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
406 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
407 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
408 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
409@end ifset
410@ifset PJ
411
412@emph{Target picoJava options:}
413 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
414@end ifset
415@ifset PPC
416
417@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
418 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|
2f3bb96a 419 @b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}]
9b4e5766 420 [@b{-mcom}|@b{-many}|@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}] [@b{-memb}]
a4fb0134
SC
421 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
422 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}]
423 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
424 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
425@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
426@ifset RX
427
428@emph{Target RX options:}
429 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
430 [@b{-m32bit-ints}|@b{-m16bit-ints}]
431 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
432@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
433@ifset S390
434
435@emph{Target s390 options:}
436 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
437 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
438 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
439@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
440@ifset SCORE
441
442@emph{Target SCORE options:}
443 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
444 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
445 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
446 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
447@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
448@ifset SPARC
449
450@emph{Target SPARC options:}
451@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
452 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
453 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
454 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
455 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
456@end ifset
457@ifset TIC54X
458
459@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
460 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
461 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
462@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
463
464@ifset Z80
465
466@emph{Target Z80 options:}
467 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
468 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
469 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
470 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
471 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
472 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
473 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
474@end ifset
475
a4fb0134
SC
476@ifset Z8000
477@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 478@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
479@ifset XTENSA
480
481@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
43cd72b9 482 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
e0001a05 483 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
43cd72b9 484 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
9456465c 485 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
e0001a05 486@end ifset
0285c67d 487@c man end
252b5132
RH
488@end smallexample
489
0285c67d
NC
490@c man begin OPTIONS
491
a4fb0134 492@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 493@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 494
83f10cb2 495@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
496Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
497
a4fb0134 498@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
499@item -ac
500omit false conditionals
501
502@item -ad
503omit debugging directives
504
83f10cb2
NC
505@item -ag
506include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
507
252b5132
RH
508@item -ah
509include high-level source
510
511@item -al
512include assembly
513
514@item -am
515include macro expansions
516
517@item -an
518omit forms processing
519
520@item -as
521include symbols
522
523@item =file
524set the name of the listing file
525@end table
526
527You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
528listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
529the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
530
caa32fe5 531@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
532Begin in alternate macro mode.
533@ifclear man
534@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
535@end ifclear
caa32fe5 536
252b5132
RH
537@item -D
538Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
539other assemblers.
540
3d6b762c
JM
541@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
542When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
543information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
544
252b5132
RH
545@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
546Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
547@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
548indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
549value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
550use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
551
552@item -f
553``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
554compiler output).
555
329e276d
NC
556@item -g
557@itemx --gen-debug
558Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
559debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
560ECOFF or DWARF2.
561
252b5132
RH
562@item --gstabs
563Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
564may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
565
05da4302
NC
566@item --gstabs+
567Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
568extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
569debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
570may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
571the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
572
329e276d 573@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 574Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 575may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 576option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 577
252b5132
RH
578@item --help
579Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
580
ea20a7da
CC
581@item --target-help
582Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
583
252b5132
RH
584@item -I @var{dir}
585Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
586
587@item -J
588Don't warn about signed overflow.
589
590@item -K
591@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
592This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
593@end ifclear
594@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
595Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
596@end ifset
597
598@item -L
599@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
600Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
601system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
602or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
603@ifclear man
604@xref{Symbol Names}.
605@end ifclear
252b5132 606
c3a27914
NC
607@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
608Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
609listing to @var{number}.
610
611@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
612Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
613lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
614
615@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
616Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
617@var{number} bytes.
618
619@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
620Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
621to @var{number} + 1.
622
252b5132 623@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 624Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
625
626@item -R
627Fold the data section into the text section.
628
4bdd3565
NC
629@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
630Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
631@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
632assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
633memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
634requirements at the expense of speed.
635
636@item --reduce-memory-overheads
637This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
638assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
639@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
640
252b5132
RH
641@item --statistics
642Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
643assembly.
644
645@item --strip-local-absolute
646Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
647
648@item -v
649@itemx -version
a4fb0134 650Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
651
652@item --version
a4fb0134 653Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
654
655@item -W
2bdd6cf5 656@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
657Suppress warning messages.
658
2bdd6cf5
GK
659@item --fatal-warnings
660Treat warnings as errors.
661
662@item --warn
663Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
664
252b5132
RH
665@item -w
666Ignored.
667
668@item -x
669Ignored.
670
671@item -Z
672Generate an object file even after errors.
673
674@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
675Standard input, or source files to assemble.
676
677@end table
678
679@ifset ARC
680The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
681an ARC processor.
682
a4fb0134 683@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
684@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
685This option selects the core processor variant.
686@item -EB | -EL
687Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
688@end table
689@end ifset
690
691@ifset ARM
692The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
693processor family.
694
a4fb0134 695@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 696@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 697Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 698@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 699Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 700@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 701Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
702@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
703Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
704@item -mthumb
705Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 706@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
707Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
708@item -EB | -EL
709Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
710@item -mthumb-interwork
711Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
712ARM code in mind.
713@item -k
714Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
715@end table
716@end ifset
717
328eb32e
HPN
718@ifset CRIS
719See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
720@end ifset
721
252b5132
RH
722@ifset D10V
723The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
724a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 725@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
726@cindex D10V optimization
727@cindex optimization, D10V
728@item -O
729Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
730@end table
731@end ifset
732
733@ifset D30V
734The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
735processor.
a4fb0134 736@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
737@cindex D30V optimization
738@cindex optimization, D30V
739@item -O
740Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
741
742@cindex D30V nops
743@item -n
744Warn when nops are generated.
745
746@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
747@item -N
748Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
749@end table
750@end ifset
751
752@ifset I960
753The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
754Intel 80960 processor.
755
a4fb0134 756@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
757@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
758Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
759
760@item -b
761Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
762
763@item -no-relax
764Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
765error if necessary.
766
767@end table
768@end ifset
769
a40cbfa3
NC
770@ifset IP2K
771The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 772Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
773
774@table @gcctabopt
775
776@item -mip2022ext
777Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
778
779@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 780Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
781just the basic IP2022 ones.
782
783@end table
784@end ifset
785
49f58d10
JB
786@ifset M32C
787The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
788Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
789
790@table @gcctabopt
791
792@item -m32c
793Assemble M32C instructions.
794
795@item -m16c
796Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
797
c54b5932
DD
798@item -relax
799Enable support for link-time relaxations.
800
801@item -h-tick-hex
802Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
803
49f58d10
JB
804@end table
805@end ifset
806
ec694b89
NC
807@ifset M32R
808The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 809Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 810
a4fb0134 811@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
812
813@item --m32rx
814Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
815is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
816
817@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
818Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
819encountered.
820
821@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
822Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
823encountered.
824
825@end table
826@end ifset
252b5132
RH
827
828@ifset M680X0
829The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
830Motorola 68000 series.
831
a4fb0134 832@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
833
834@item -l
835Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
836
0285c67d
NC
837@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
838@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
839@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
840Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
841is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
842
843@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
844The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
845The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
846the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
847two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
848coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
849
850@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
851The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
852unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
853
854@end table
855@end ifset
856
e135f41b
NC
857@ifset PDP11
858
859For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
860see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
861
a4fb0134 862@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
863@item -mpic | -mno-pic
864Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 865default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
866
867@item -mall
868@itemx -mall-extensions
869Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
870
871@item -mno-extensions
872Disable all instruction set extensions.
873
874@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
875Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
876
877@item -m@var{cpu}
878Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
879disable all other extensions.
880
881@item -m@var{machine}
882Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
883model, and disable all other extensions.
884@end table
885
886@end ifset
887
041dd5a9
ILT
888@ifset PJ
889The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
890a picoJava processor.
891
a4fb0134 892@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
893
894@cindex PJ endianness
895@cindex endianness, PJ
896@cindex big endian output, PJ
897@item -mb
898Generate ``big endian'' format output.
899
900@cindex little endian output, PJ
901@item -ml
902Generate ``little endian'' format output.
903
904@end table
905@end ifset
906
60bcf0fa
NC
907@ifset M68HC11
908The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
909Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
910
a4fb0134 911@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 912
d01030e6 913@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
914Specify what processor is the target. The default is
915defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
916
2f904664
SC
917@item -mshort
918Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
919
920@item -mlong
921Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
922
923@item -mshort-double
924Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
925
926@item -mlong-double
927Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
928
1370e33d 929@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
930Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
931conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
932sub routine.
933
1370e33d
NC
934@item -S | --short-branches
935Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
936when the offset is out of range.
937
938@item --strict-direct-mode
939Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
940when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
941
942@item --print-insn-syntax
943Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
944
945@item --print-opcodes
946print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
947
948@item --generate-example
949print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 950This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
951
952@end table
953@end ifset
954
252b5132 955@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 956The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
957for the SPARC architecture:
958
a4fb0134 959@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
960@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
961@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
962Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
963
964@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
965@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
966
967@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
968UltraSPARC extensions.
969
970@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
971For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
972equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
973
974@item -bump
975Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
976@end table
977@end ifset
978
39bec121
TW
979@ifset TIC54X
980The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
981architecture.
982
a4fb0134 983@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
984@item -mfar-mode
985Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
986extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
987@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
988Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
989@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
990Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
991behaviour in the shell.
992@end table
993@end ifset
994
252b5132
RH
995@ifset MIPS
996The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 997a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 998
a4fb0134 999@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1000@item -G @var{num}
1001This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1002implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1003use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1004
1005@cindex MIPS endianness
1006@cindex endianness, MIPS
1007@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1008@item -EB
1009Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1010
1011@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1012@item -EL
1013Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1014
1015@cindex MIPS ISA
1016@item -mips1
1017@itemx -mips2
1018@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1019@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1020@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1021@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1022@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1023@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1024@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1025Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1026@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1027alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1028@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1029@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1030@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1031correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1032@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1033and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1034ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1035
1036@item -march=@var{CPU}
1037Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1038
1039@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1040Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1041
1042@item -mfix7000
1043@itemx -mno-fix7000
1044Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1045of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1046
ecb4347a
DJ
1047@item -mdebug
1048@itemx -no-mdebug
1049Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1050section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1051
dcd410fe
RO
1052@item -mpdr
1053@itemx -mno-pdr
1054Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1055
437ee9d5
TS
1056@item -mgp32
1057@itemx -mfp32
1058The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1059flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1060all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1061and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1062
1063@item -mips16
1064@itemx -no-mips16
1065Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1066@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1067turns off this option.
252b5132 1068
e16bfa71
TS
1069@item -msmartmips
1070@itemx -mno-smartmips
1071Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1072equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1073@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1074
1f25f5d3
CD
1075@item -mips3d
1076@itemx -no-mips3d
1077Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1078This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1079@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1080
deec1734
CD
1081@item -mdmx
1082@itemx -no-mdmx
1083Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1084This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1085@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1086
2ef2b9ae
CF
1087@item -mdsp
1088@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1089Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1090This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1091@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1092
8b082fb1
TS
1093@item -mdspr2
1094@itemx -mno-dspr2
1095Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1096This option implies -mdsp.
1097This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1098@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1099
ef2e4d86
CF
1100@item -mmt
1101@itemx -mno-mt
1102Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1103This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1104@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1105
437ee9d5
TS
1106@item --construct-floats
1107@itemx --no-construct-floats
1108The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1109double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1110value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1111the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1112selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1113
1114@cindex emulation
1115@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1116This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1117for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1118between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1119debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1120endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1121@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1122@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1123of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1124the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1125in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1126selection in any case.
1127
1128This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1129@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1130Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1131@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1132the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1133configuration includes support for both.
1134
1135Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1136fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1137more processors.
1138
1139@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1140@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1141the native tools.
1142
252b5132
RH
1143@item --trap
1144@itemx --no-trap
1145@itemx --break
1146@itemx --no-break
1147Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1148@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1149(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1150@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1151break exception.
63486801
L
1152
1153@item -n
a4fb0134 1154When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1155time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1156@end table
1157@end ifset
1158
1159@ifset MCORE
1160The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1161an MCore processor.
1162
a4fb0134 1163@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1164@item -jsri2bsr
1165@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1166Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1167The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1168
1169@item -sifilter
1170@itemx -nosifilter
1171Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1172The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1173
1174@item -relax
1175Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1176
ec694b89
NC
1177@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1178Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1179can be assembled.
1180
1181@item -EB
1182Assemble for a big endian target.
1183
1184@item -EL
1185Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1186
1187@end table
1188@end ifset
1189
3c3bdf30
NC
1190@ifset MMIX
1191See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1192@end ifset
1193
046d31c2
NC
1194@ifset RX
1195See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1196@end ifset
1197
11c19e16
MS
1198@ifset S390
1199The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1200processor family.
1201
1202@table @gcctabopt
1203@item -m31
1204@itemx -m64
1205Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1206@item -mesa
1207@item -mzarch
1208Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1209Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1210@item -march=@var{processor}
1211Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1212@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1213@item -mregnames
1214@itemx -mno-regnames
1215Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1216@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1217Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1218but evaluates to zero.
1219@end table
1220@end ifset
1221
e0001a05
NC
1222@ifset XTENSA
1223The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1224an Xtensa processor.
1225
1226@table @gcctabopt
e0001a05
NC
1227@item --text-section-literals | --no-text-section-literals
1228With @option{--text-@-section-@-literals}, literal pools are interspersed
1229in the text section. The default is
1230@option{--no-@-text-@-section-@-literals}, which places literals in a
43cd72b9
BW
1231separate section in the output file. These options only affect literals
1232referenced via PC-relative @code{L32R} instructions; literals for
1233absolute mode @code{L32R} instructions are handled separately.
1234
1235@item --absolute-literals | --no-absolute-literals
1236Indicate to the assembler whether @code{L32R} instructions use absolute
1237or PC-relative addressing. The default is to assume absolute addressing
1238if the Xtensa processor includes the absolute @code{L32R} addressing
1239option. Otherwise, only the PC-relative @code{L32R} mode can be used.
e0001a05
NC
1240
1241@item --target-align | --no-target-align
1242Enable or disable automatic alignment to reduce branch penalties at the
1243expense of some code density. The default is @option{--target-@-align}.
1244
1245@item --longcalls | --no-longcalls
1246Enable or disable transformation of call instructions to allow calls
1247across a greater range of addresses. The default is
1248@option{--no-@-longcalls}.
43cd72b9
BW
1249
1250@item --transform | --no-transform
1251Enable or disable all assembler transformations of Xtensa instructions.
1252The default is @option{--transform};
1253@option{--no-transform} should be used only in the rare cases when the
1254instructions must be exactly as specified in the assembly source.
00e3c476
BW
1255
1256@item --rename-section @var{oldname}=@var{newname}
1257When generating output sections, rename the @var{oldname} section to
1258@var{newname}.
e0001a05
NC
1259@end table
1260@end ifset
1261
3c9b82ba
NC
1262@ifset Z80
1263The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1264a Z80 family processor.
1265@table @gcctabopt
1266@item -z80
1267Assemble for Z80 processor.
1268@item -r800
1269Assemble for R800 processor.
1270@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
1271@itemx -Wnud
1272Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
1273@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
1274@itemx -Wnup
1275Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
1276@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
1277@itemx -Wud
1278Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
1279@item -warn-unportable-instructions
1280@itemx -Wup
b45619c0 1281Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
3c9b82ba
NC
1282@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
1283@itemx -Fud
1284Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
1285@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
1286@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1287Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1288@end table
1289@end ifset
1290
0285c67d
NC
1291@c man end
1292
252b5132
RH
1293@menu
1294* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1295* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1296* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1297* Command Line:: Command Line
1298* Input Files:: Input Files
1299* Object:: Output (Object) File
1300* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1301@end menu
1302
1303@node Manual
1304@section Structure of this Manual
1305
1306@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1307This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1308@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1309notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1310@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1311
1312@ifclear GENERIC
1313We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1314configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1315@end ifclear
1316@ifset GENERIC
1317This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1318various flavors of the assembler.
1319@end ifset
1320
1321@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1322On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1323to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1324In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1325architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1326mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1327particular architecture.
1328@ifset GENERIC
1329You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1330machine architecture manual for this information.
1331@end ifset
1332@ifclear GENERIC
1333@ifset H8/300
1334For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1335Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1336Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1337@end ifset
252b5132 1338@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1339For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1340see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1341@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1342@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1343@end ifset
1344@ifset Z8000
1345For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1346@end ifset
1347@end ifclear
1348
1349@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1350@ignore
1351Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1352the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1353Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1354computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1355once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1356qualification.
1357
a4fb0134 1358@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1359human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1360computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1361@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1362@end ignore
1363
1364@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1365@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1366@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1367@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1368@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1369@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1370@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1371@c directives).
1372
1373@node GNU Assembler
1374@section The GNU Assembler
1375
0285c67d
NC
1376@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1377
a4fb0134 1378@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1379@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1380This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1381configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1382@end ifclear
1383If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1384should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1385architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1386including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1387@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1388
1389@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1390@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1391@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1392@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1393assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1394machine would assemble.
1395@ifset VAX
1396Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1397@end ifset
1398@ifset M680X0
1399@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1400@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1401This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1402assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1403incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1404@end ifset
1405
0285c67d
NC
1406@c man end
1407
a4fb0134 1408Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1409program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1410@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1411
1412@node Object Formats
1413@section Object File Formats
1414
1415@cindex object file format
1416The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1417object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1418write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1419are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1420Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1421@ifclear GENERIC
1422@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1423For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1424@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1425@end ifclear
1426@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1427@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1428On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1429@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1430@end ifset
1431@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1432On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1433SOM or ELF format object files.
1434@end ifset
1435@end ifclear
1436
1437@node Command Line
1438@section Command Line
1439
1440@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1441
a4fb0134 1442After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1443options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1444before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1445significant.
1446
1447@cindex standard input, as input file
1448@kindex --
1449@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1450explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1451
1452@cindex options, command line
1453Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1454hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1455@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1456option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1457the letter is important. All options are optional.
1458
1459Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1460name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1461with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1462standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1463
1464@smallexample
1465@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1466@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1467@end smallexample
1468
1469@node Input Files
1470@section Input Files
1471
1472@cindex input
1473@cindex source program
1474@cindex files, input
1475We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1476describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1477be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1478doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1479
1480@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1481@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1482The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1483order specified.
1484
0285c67d 1485@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1486Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1487program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1488(The standard input is also a file.)
1489
a4fb0134 1490You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1491names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1492command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1493is taken to be an input file name.
1494
a4fb0134
SC
1495If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1496from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1497may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1498to assemble.
1499
1500Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1501in your command line.
1502
a4fb0134 1503If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1504file.
1505
0285c67d
NC
1506@c man end
1507
252b5132
RH
1508@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1509
1510@cindex input file linenumbers
1511@cindex line numbers, in input files
1512There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1513either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1514number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1515``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1516
1517@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1518to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1519
1520@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1521directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1522error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1523is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1524@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1525@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1526
1527@node Object
1528@section Output (Object) File
1529
1530@cindex object file
1531@cindex output file
1532@kindex a.out
1533@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1534Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1535your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1536is the object file. Its default name is
1537@ifclear BOUT
1538@code{a.out}.
1539@end ifclear
1540@ifset BOUT
1541@ifset GENERIC
1542@code{a.out}, or
1543@end ifset
a4fb0134 1544@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1545@end ifset
a4fb0134 1546You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1547object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1548reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1549directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1550possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1551
1552@cindex linker
1553@kindex ld
1554The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1555assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1556the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1557information for the debugger.
1558
1559@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1560@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1561
1562@node Errors
1563@section Error and Warning Messages
1564
0285c67d
NC
1565@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1566
a349d9dd 1567@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1568@cindex warning messages
1569@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1570@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1571file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1572runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1573that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1574grave problem that stops the assembly.
1575
0285c67d
NC
1576@c man end
1577
252b5132
RH
1578@cindex format of warning messages
1579Warning messages have the format
1580
1581@smallexample
1582file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1583@end smallexample
1584
1585@noindent
1586@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1587(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1588(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1589the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1590@ifset GENERIC
1591(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1592@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1593then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1594otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1595message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1596tradition).
1597
1598@cindex format of error messages
1599Error messages have the format
1600@smallexample
1601file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1602@end smallexample
1603The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1604messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1605because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1606
1607@node Invoking
1608@chapter Command-Line Options
1609
1610@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1611This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1612versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1613for options specific
252b5132 1614@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1615to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1616@end ifclear
1617@ifset GENERIC
1618to particular machine architectures.
1619@end ifset
1620
0285c67d
NC
1621@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1622
c1253627 1623If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1624you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1625The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1626by commas. For example:
1627
1628@smallexample
1629gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1630@end smallexample
1631
1632@noindent
1633This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1634standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1635local symbols in the symbol table).
1636
1637Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1638command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1639(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1640precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1641assembler.)
1642
0285c67d
NC
1643@c man end
1644
252b5132 1645@menu
83f10cb2 1646* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1647* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1648* D:: -D for compatibility
1649* f:: -f to work faster
1650* I:: -I for .include search path
1651@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1652* K:: -K for compatibility
1653@end ifclear
1654@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1655* K:: -K for difference tables
1656@end ifset
1657
ba83aca1 1658* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1659* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1660* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1661* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1662* o:: -o to name the object file
1663* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1664* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1665* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1666* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1667* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1668* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1669@end menu
1670
1671@node a
83f10cb2 1672@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1673
1674@kindex -a
1675@kindex -ac
1676@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1677@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1678@kindex -ah
1679@kindex -al
1680@kindex -an
1681@kindex -as
1682@cindex listings, enabling
1683@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1684
1685These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1686@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1687You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1688@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1689@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1690@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1691High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1692@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1693also.
1694
83f10cb2
NC
1695Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1696information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1697
252b5132
RH
1698Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1699which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1700other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1701omitted from the listing.
1702
1703Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1704listing.
1705
1706Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1707listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1708@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1709@code{.sbttl}.
1710The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1711If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1712listing-control directives have no effect.
1713
1714The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1715@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1716
96e9638b
BW
1717Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1718because it
c3a27914
NC
1719is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1720is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1721directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1722stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1723memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1724
caa32fe5
NC
1725@node alternate
1726@section @option{--alternate}
1727
1728@kindex --alternate
1729Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1730
252b5132 1731@node D
a4fb0134 1732@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1733
1734@kindex -D
1735This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1736likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1737@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1738
1739@node f
a4fb0134 1740@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1741
1742@kindex -f
1743@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1744@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1745@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1746(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1747and comment preprocessing on
1748the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1749,Preprocessing}.
1750
1751@quotation
1752@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1753preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1754not work correctly.
1755@end quotation
1756
1757@node I
c1253627 1758@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1759
1760@kindex -I @var{path}
1761@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1762@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1763@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1764Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1765@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1766directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1767many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1768working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1769searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1770specified (left to right) on the command line.
1771
1772@node K
a4fb0134 1773@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1774
1775@kindex -K
1776@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1777On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1778permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1779where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1780generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1781family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1782alteration on other platforms.
1783@end ifclear
1784
1785@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1786@cindex difference tables, warning
1787@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1788@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1789form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1790You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1791is done.
1792@end ifset
1793
1794@node L
ba83aca1 1795@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1796
1797@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1798@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1799Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1800@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1801called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1802such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1803programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1804notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1805such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1806
1807This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1808in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1809@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1810
c3a27914 1811@node listing
a4fb0134 1812@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1813
1814The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1815@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1816hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1817them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1818directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1819@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1820@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1821@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1822
a4fb0134 1823@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1824@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1825@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1826@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1827Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1828dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1829
1830@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1831@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
1832@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
1833Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 1834a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
1835the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
1836switch is used the default is to one.
1837
1838@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
1839@kindex --listing-rhs-width
1840@cindex Width of source line output
1841Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
1842alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
1843source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
1844
1845@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
1846@kindex --listing-cont-lines
1847@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
1848Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
1849displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
1850@end table
1851
252b5132 1852@node M
a4fb0134 1853@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
1854
1855@kindex -M
1856@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
1857The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
1858changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
1859compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
1860configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
1861MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
1862information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
1863arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 1864assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1865
1866The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
1867depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
1868file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
1869individually. These are:
1870
1871@itemize @bullet
1872@item global symbols in common section
1873
1874The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 1875Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
1876common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
1877symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
1878symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
1879
1880@item complex relocations
1881
1882The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
1883relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
1884are not support by other object file formats.
1885
1886@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
1887
1888The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
1889This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 1890instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
1891script.
1892
1893@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
1894
1895The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
1896name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
1897
1898@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
1899
1900The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 1901address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
1902which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
1903not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
1904assigned within a linker script.
1905@end itemize
1906
1907There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 1908@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
1909seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
1910
1911@itemize @bullet
1912
1913@item EBCDIC strings
1914
1915EBCDIC strings are not supported.
1916
1917@item packed binary coded decimal
1918
1919Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
1920and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
1921
1922@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
1923
1924The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
1925
1926@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
1927
1928The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
1929
1930@item @code{OPT} branch control options
1931
1932The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 1933@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
1934relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
1935these options serve no purpose.
1936
1937@item @code{OPT} list control options
1938
1939The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
1940@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
1941@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
1942
1943@item other @code{OPT} options
1944
1945The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
1946@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
1947
1948@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
1949
1950The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
1951@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
1952
1953@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
1954
1955The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
1956
1957@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
1958
1959The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
1960
1961@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
1962
1963The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
1964
1965@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
1966
1967The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
1968
1969@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
1970
1971The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
1972
1973@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
1974
1975The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
1976
1977@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
1978
1979The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
1980
1981@end itemize
1982
1983@node MD
c1253627 1984@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
1985
1986@kindex --MD
1987@cindex dependency tracking
1988@cindex make rules
1989
a4fb0134 1990@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
1991file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
1992dependencies of the main source file.
1993
1994The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
1995
1996This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
1997
1998@node o
a4fb0134 1999@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2000
2001@kindex -o
2002@cindex naming object file
2003@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2004There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2005default it has the name
2006@ifset GENERIC
2007@ifset I960
2008@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2009@end ifset
2010@ifclear I960
2011@file{a.out}.
2012@end ifclear
2013@end ifset
2014@ifclear GENERIC
2015@ifset I960
2016@file{b.out}.
2017@end ifset
2018@ifclear I960
2019@file{a.out}.
2020@end ifclear
2021@end ifclear
2022You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2023object file a different name.
2024
a4fb0134 2025Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2026existing file of the same name.
2027
2028@node R
a4fb0134 2029@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2030
2031@kindex -R
2032@cindex data and text sections, joining
2033@cindex text and data sections, joining
2034@cindex joining text and data sections
2035@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2036@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2037data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2038the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2039section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2040your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2041appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2042
a4fb0134 2043When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2044address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2045data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2046older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2047
c1253627
NC
2048@ifset COFF-ELF
2049When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2050this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2051@samp{.data}.
2052@end ifset
2053
2054@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2055@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2056@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2057@end ifset
2058
2059@node statistics
a4fb0134 2060@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2061
2062@kindex --statistics
2063@cindex statistics, about assembly
2064@cindex time, total for assembly
2065@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2066Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2067@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2068(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2069seconds).
2070
2071@node traditional-format
c1253627 2072@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2073
2074@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2075For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2076from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2077@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2078
2079For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2080@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2081
2082@node v
a4fb0134 2083@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2084
2085@kindex -v
2086@kindex -version
2087@cindex assembler version
2088@cindex version of assembler
2089You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2090option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2091command line.
2092
2093@node W
a4fb0134 2094@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2095
a4fb0134 2096@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2097assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2098cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2099made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2100
c1253627
NC
2101@kindex -W
2102@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2103@cindex suppressing warnings
2104@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2105If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2106This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2107how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2108are still reported.
2109
c1253627 2110@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2111@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2112@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2113If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2114files that generate warnings to be in error.
2115
c1253627 2116@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2117@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2118You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2119causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2120
2121@node Z
a4fb0134 2122@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2123@cindex object file, after errors
2124@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2125After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2126some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2127@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2128option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2129writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2130errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2131
2132@node Syntax
2133@chapter Syntax
2134
2135@cindex machine-independent syntax
2136@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2137This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2138source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2139assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2140@ifclear VAX
2141assembler.
2142@end ifclear
2143@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2144assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2145@end ifset
2146
2147@menu
2148* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
2149* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2150* Comments:: Comments
2151* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2152* Statements:: Statements
2153* Constants:: Constants
2154@end menu
2155
2156@node Preprocessing
2157@section Preprocessing
2158
2159@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2160The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2161@itemize @bullet
2162@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2163@item
2164adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2165the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2166a single space.
2167
2168@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2169@item
2170removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2171appropriate number of newlines.
2172
2173@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2174@item
2175converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2176@end itemize
2177
2178It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2179anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2180do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2181(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2182to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2183@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2184Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2185
2186Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2187cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2188preprocessed.
2189
2190@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2191@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2192@kindex #NO_APP
2193@kindex #APP
2194If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2195@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2196Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2197specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2198text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2199@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2200@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2201and whitespace.
2202
2203@node Whitespace
2204@section Whitespace
2205
2206@cindex whitespace
2207@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2208Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2209people to read. Unless within character constants
2210(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2211as exactly one space.
2212
2213@node Comments
2214@section Comments
2215
2216@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2217There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2218cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2219
2220Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2221This means you may not nest these comments.
2222
2223@smallexample
2224/*
2225 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2226 is to use this sort of comment.
2227*/
2228
2229/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2230@end smallexample
2231
2232@cindex line comment character
2233Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline
2234is considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is
252b5132
RH
2235@ifset ARC
2236@samp{;} on the ARC;
2237@end ifset
550262c4
NC
2238@ifset ARM
2239@samp{@@} on the ARM;
2240@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2241@ifset H8/300
2242@samp{;} for the H8/300 family;
2243@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2244@ifset HPPA
2245@samp{;} for the HPPA;
2246@end ifset
55b62671
AJ
2247@ifset I80386
2248@samp{#} on the i386 and x86-64;
2249@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2250@ifset I960
2251@samp{#} on the i960;
2252@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
2253@ifset PDP11
2254@samp{;} for the PDP-11;
2255@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
2256@ifset PJ
2257@samp{;} for picoJava;
2258@end ifset
418c1742 2259@ifset PPC
3fb9d77f 2260@samp{#} for Motorola PowerPC;
418c1742 2261@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
2262@ifset S390
2263@samp{#} for IBM S/390;
2264@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
2265@ifset SCORE
2266@samp{#} for the Sunplus SCORE;
2267@end ifset
252b5132 2268@ifset SH
ef230218 2269@samp{!} for the Renesas / SuperH SH;
252b5132
RH
2270@end ifset
2271@ifset SPARC
2272@samp{!} on the SPARC;
2273@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
2274@ifset IP2K
2275@samp{#} on the ip2k;
2276@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
2277@ifset M32C
2278@samp{#} on the m32c;
2279@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2280@ifset M32R
2281@samp{#} on the m32r;
2282@end ifset
2283@ifset M680X0
2284@samp{|} on the 680x0;
2285@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
2286@ifset M68HC11
2287@samp{#} on the 68HC11 and 68HC12;
2288@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
2289@ifset RX
2290@samp{#} on the RX;
2291@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2292@ifset VAX
2293@samp{#} on the Vax;
2294@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
2295@ifset Z80
2296@samp{;} for the Z80;
2297@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2298@ifset Z8000
2299@samp{!} for the Z8000;
2300@end ifset
2301@ifset V850
2302@samp{#} on the V850;
2303@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
2304@ifset XTENSA
2305@samp{#} for Xtensa systems;
2306@end ifset
252b5132 2307see @ref{Machine Dependencies}. @refill
81b0b3f1 2308@c FIXME What about i860?
252b5132
RH
2309
2310@ifset GENERIC
2311On some machines there are two different line comment characters. One
2312character only begins a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on
2313a line, while the other always begins a comment.
2314@end ifset
2315
2316@ifset V850
2317The V850 assembler also supports a double dash as starting a comment that
2318extends to the end of the line.
2319
2320@samp{--};
2321@end ifset
2322
2323@kindex #
2324@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2325@cindex logical line numbers
2326To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2327special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2328expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2329line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2330new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2331
2332If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2333the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2334
2335@smallexample
2336 # This is an ordinary comment.
2337# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2338 # This is logical line # 36.
2339@end smallexample
2340This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2341of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2342
2343@node Symbol Intro
2344@section Symbols
2345
2346@cindex characters used in symbols
2347@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2348A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2349letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2350@samp{_.$}.
2351@end ifclear
2352@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2353@ifclear GENERIC
2354@ifset H8
2355A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2356letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2357@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2358symbol names.)
2359@end ifset
2360@end ifclear
2361@end ifset
2362@ifset GENERIC
2363On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2364are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2365@end ifset
2366No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2367There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2368delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2369(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2370not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2371@cindex length of symbols
2372
2373@node Statements
2374@section Statements
2375
2376@cindex statements, structure of
2377@cindex line separator character
2378@cindex statement separator character
2379@ifclear GENERIC
2380@ifclear abnormal-separator
2381A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a
2382semicolon (@samp{;}). The newline or semicolon is considered part of
2383the preceding statement. Newlines and semicolons within character
2384constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2385@end ifclear
2386@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2387@ifset HPPA
2388A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an exclamation
2389point (@samp{!}). The newline or exclamation point is considered part of the
2390preceding statement. Newlines and exclamation points within character
2391constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2392@end ifset
2393@ifset H8
2394A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}); or (for the
7be1c489 2395H8/300) a dollar sign (@samp{$}); or (for the Renesas-SH) a semicolon
252b5132
RH
2396(@samp{;}). The newline or separator character is considered part of
2397the preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character
2398constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2399@end ifset
2400@end ifset
2401@end ifclear
2402@ifset GENERIC
2403A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line
96e9638b
BW
2404separator character. (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless this
2405conflicts with the comment character; see @ref{Machine Dependencies}.) The
252b5132
RH
2406newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding
2407statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
2408exception: they do not end statements.
2409@end ifset
2410
2411@cindex newline, required at file end
2412@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2413It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2414character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2415
2416An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2417
2418@cindex instructions and directives
2419@cindex directives and instructions
2420@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2421@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2422@c 13feb91.
2423A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2424key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2425symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2426symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2427directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2428a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2429assembles into a machine language instruction.
2430@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2431Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2432recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2433represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2434language.@refill
2435@end ifset
2436
2437@cindex @code{:} (label)
2438@cindex label (@code{:})
2439A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2440Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2441have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2442
2443@ifset HPPA
2444For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
2445the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2446only one label may be defined on each line.
2447@end ifset
2448
2449@smallexample
2450label: .directive followed by something
2451another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2452 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2453@end smallexample
2454
2455@node Constants
2456@section Constants
2457
2458@cindex constants
2459A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2460inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2461@smallexample
2462@group
2463.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2464.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2465.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2466.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
246795028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2468@end group
2469@end smallexample
2470
2471@menu
2472* Characters:: Character Constants
2473* Numbers:: Number Constants
2474@end menu
2475
2476@node Characters
2477@subsection Character Constants
2478
2479@cindex character constants
2480@cindex constants, character
2481There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2482for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2483numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2484@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2485used in arithmetic expressions.
2486
2487@menu
2488* Strings:: Strings
2489* Chars:: Characters
2490@end menu
2491
2492@node Strings
2493@subsubsection Strings
2494
2495@cindex string constants
2496@cindex constants, string
2497A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2498double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2499into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2500a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2501one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2502@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2503(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2504escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2505
2506@cindex escape codes, character
2507@cindex character escape codes
2508@table @kbd
2509@c @item \a
2510@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2511@c
2512@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2513@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2514@item \b
2515Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2516
2517@c @item \e
2518@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2519@c
2520@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2521@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2522@item \f
2523Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2524
2525@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2526@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2527@item \n
2528Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2529
2530@c @item \p
2531@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2532@c
2533@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2534@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2535@item \r
2536Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2537
2538@c @item \s
2539@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2540@c other assemblers.
2541@c
2542@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2543@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2544@item \t
2545Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2546
2547@c @item \v
2548@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2549@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2550@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2551@c
2552@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2553@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2554@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2555An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2556For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2557for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2558
2559@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2560@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2561@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2562A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2563lower case @code{x} works.
2564
2565@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2566@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2567@item \\
2568Represents one @samp{\} character.
2569
2570@c @item \'
2571@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2572@c This is needed in single character literals
2573@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2574@c a @samp{'}.
2575@c
2576@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2577@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2578@item \"
2579Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2580this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2581
2582@item \ @var{anything-else}
2583Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2584assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2585you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2586interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2587other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2588code and warns you of the fact.
2589@end table
2590
2591Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2592varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2593the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2594compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2595sequence.
2596
2597@node Chars
2598@subsubsection Characters
2599
2600@cindex single character constant
2601@cindex character, single
2602@cindex constant, single character
2603A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2604followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2605to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2606must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2607@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2608grave accent. A newline
2609@ifclear GENERIC
2610@ifclear abnormal-separator
2611(or semicolon @samp{;})
2612@end ifclear
2613@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2614@ifset H8
2615(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2616Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2617@end ifset
2618@end ifset
2619@end ifclear
2620immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2621and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2622constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2623that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2624@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2625
2626@node Numbers
2627@subsection Number Constants
2628
2629@cindex constants, number
2630@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2631@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2632are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2633would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2634integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2635are floating point numbers, described below.
2636
2637@menu
2638* Integers:: Integers
2639* Bignums:: Bignums
2640* Flonums:: Flonums
2641@ifclear GENERIC
2642@ifset I960
2643* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2644@end ifset
2645@end ifclear
2646@end menu
2647
2648@node Integers
2649@subsubsection Integers
2650@cindex integers
2651@cindex constants, integer
2652
2653@cindex binary integers
2654@cindex integers, binary
2655A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2656the binary digits @samp{01}.
2657
2658@cindex octal integers
2659@cindex integers, octal
2660An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2661digits (@samp{01234567}).
2662
2663@cindex decimal integers
2664@cindex integers, decimal
2665A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2666more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2667
2668@cindex hexadecimal integers
2669@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2670A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2671more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2672
2673Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2674the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2675(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2676
2677@node Bignums
2678@subsubsection Bignums
2679
2680@cindex bignums
2681@cindex constants, bignum
2682A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2683except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2684represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2685integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2686
2687@node Flonums
2688@subsubsection Flonums
2689@cindex flonums
2690@cindex floating point numbers
2691@cindex constants, floating point
2692
2693@cindex precision, floating point
2694A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2695indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2696@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2697sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2698to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2699portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2700
2701A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2702@itemize @bullet
2703@item
2704The digit @samp{0}.
2705@ifset HPPA
2706(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2707@end ifset
2708
2709@item
a4fb0134 2710A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2711@ifset GENERIC
2712@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2713@ignore
2714@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2715(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
27164.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2717@end ignore
2718
7be1c489 2719On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2720and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2721one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2722
2723On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2724(in upper or lower case).
2725
2726On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2727one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2728
2729On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2730@end ifset
2731@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2732@ifset ARC
2733One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2734@end ifset
2735@ifset H8
2736One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2737@end ifset
2738@ifset HPPA
2739The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2740@end ifset
2741@ifset I960
2742One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2743@end ifset
2744@end ifclear
2745
2746@item
2747An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2748
2749@item
2750An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2751
2752@item
2753An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2754or more decimal digits.
2755
2756@item
2757An optional exponent, consisting of:
2758
2759@itemize @bullet
2760@item
2761An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2762@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2763@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2764@item
2765Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2766@item
2767One or more decimal digits.
2768@end itemize
2769
2770@end itemize
2771
2772At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2773present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2774
a4fb0134 2775@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2776independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2777@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2778
2779@ifclear GENERIC
2780@ifset I960
2781@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2782@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2783@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2784@node Bit Fields
2785@subsubsection Bit Fields
2786
2787@cindex bit fields
2788@cindex constants, bit field
2789You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2790Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2791@example
2792@var{mask}:@var{value}
2793@end example
2794@noindent
a4fb0134 2795@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2796@var{value}.
2797
2798The resulting number is then packed
2799@ifset GENERIC
2800@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2801(in host-dependent byte order)
2802@end ifset
2803into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2804bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2805requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2806more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2807least significant digits.@refill
2808
2809The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2810@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2811@end ifset
2812@end ifclear
2813
2814@node Sections
2815@chapter Sections and Relocation
2816@cindex sections
2817@cindex relocation
2818
2819@menu
2820* Secs Background:: Background
2821* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2822* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2823* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2824* bss:: bss Section
2825@end menu
2826
2827@node Secs Background
2828@section Background
2829
2830Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2831``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2832For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2833
2834@cindex linker, and assembler
2835@cindex assembler, and linker
2836The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2837combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2838emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2839@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2840different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2841oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2842sections.
2843
2844@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2845addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2846units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2847within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2848run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2849the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2850the proper run-time addresses.
2851@ifset H8
7be1c489 2852For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2853@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2854ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2855@end ifset
2856
2857@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2858An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2859of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2860@dfn{bss} sections.
2861
c1253627 2862@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2863@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2864When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2865@end ifset
a4fb0134 2866@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2867using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2868If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2869or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2870@end ifset
2871
2872@ifset HPPA
2873@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2874When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2875@end ifset
a4fb0134 2876@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2877specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2878@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2879(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2880assembler directives.
2881
2882@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2883Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2884text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2885is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2886BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2887@end ifset
2888@end ifset
2889
2890Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2891data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2892
2893@ifset HPPA
2894When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2895section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2896@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2897@end ifset
2898
2899To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2900relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2901object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2902@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2903file is mentioned:
2904@itemize @bullet
2905@item
2906Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
2907an address?
2908@item
2909How long (in bytes) is this reference?
2910@item
2911Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
2912@display
2913(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
2914@end display
2915@item
2916Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
2917@end itemize
2918
2919@cindex addresses, format of
2920@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 2921In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
2922@display
2923(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
2924@end display
2925@noindent
a4fb0134 2926Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
2927nature.
2928@ifset SOM
2929(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
2930symbol-relative instead.)
2931@end ifset
2932
2933In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
2934@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
2935
2936Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
2937@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
2938addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
2939@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
2940@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
2941data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
2942their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
2943part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
2944address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
2945
2946The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
2947address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
2948rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
2949Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
2950address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
2951common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
2952time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
2953
2954By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
2955the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
2956sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
2957customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
2958the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
2959data and bss sections.
2960
2961Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 2962use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
2963
2964@node Ld Sections
2965@section Linker Sections
2966@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
2967
2968@table @strong
2969
c1253627 2970@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
2971@cindex named sections
2972@cindex sections, named
2973@item named sections
2974@end ifset
2975@ifset aout-bout
2976@cindex text section
2977@cindex data section
2978@itemx text section
2979@itemx data section
2980@end ifset
a4fb0134 2981These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 2982separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
2983true of another.
2984@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
2985When the program is running, however, it is
2986customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
2987text section is often shared among processes: it contains
2988instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
2989program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
2990in the data section.
c1253627 2991@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
2992
2993@cindex bss section
2994@item bss section
2995This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 2996is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
2997each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
2998out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
2999bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3000those explicit zeros from object files.
3001
3002@cindex absolute section
3003@item absolute section
3004Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3005This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3006not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3007addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3008
3009@cindex undefined section
3010@item undefined section
3011This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3012the preceding sections.
3013@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3014@end table
3015
3016@cindex relocation example
3017An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3018@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3019The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3020@end ifset
3021Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3022
3023@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3024@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3025@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3026@smallexample
3027 +-----+----+--+
3028partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3029 +-----+----+--+
3030
3031 text data bss
3032 seg. seg. seg.
3033
3034 +---+---+---+
3035partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3036 +---+---+---+
3037
3038 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3039linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3040 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3041
3042 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3043@end smallexample
3044@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3045@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3046@need 5000
3047@tex
c1253627 3048\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3049\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3050\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3051\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3052
3053\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3054\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3055\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3056
3057\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3058\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3059\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3060ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3061DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3062
3063\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3064\line{0\dots\hfil}
3065
3066@end tex
3067@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3068
3069@node As Sections
3070@section Assembler Internal Sections
3071
3072@cindex internal assembler sections
3073@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3074These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3075have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3076sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3077warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3078meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3079value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3080section-relative address.
3081
3082@table @b
3083@cindex assembler internal logic error
3084@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3085An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3086bug in the assembler.
3087
3088@cindex expr (internal section)
3089@item expr section
3090The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3091symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3092it in the expr section.
3093@c FIXME item debug
3094@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3095@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3096@c FIXME item register
3097@end table
3098
3099@node Sub-Sections
3100@section Sub-Sections
3101
3102@cindex numbered subsections
3103@cindex grouping data
3104@ifset aout-bout
3105Assembled bytes
c1253627 3106@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3107conventionally
3108@end ifset
3109fall into two sections: text and data.
3110@end ifset
3111You may have separate groups of
3112@ifset GENERIC
3113data in named sections
3114@end ifset
3115@ifclear GENERIC
3116@ifclear aout-bout
3117data in named sections
3118@end ifclear
3119@ifset aout-bout
3120text or data
3121@end ifset
3122@end ifclear
3123that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3124are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3125use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3126numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3127same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3128subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3129section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3130assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3131section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3132constants being output.
3133
3134Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3135goes in subsection number zero.
3136
3137@ifset GENERIC
3138Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3139(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3140of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3141@end ifset
3142@ifclear GENERIC
3143@ifset H8
7be1c489 3144On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3145boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3146The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3147@end ifset
3148@ifset I960
3149@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3150@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3151@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3152@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3153@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3154@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3155@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3156@end ifclear
3157
3158Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3159to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3160The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3161other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3162They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3163data subsections as a data section.
3164
3165To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3166into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3167@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3168@ifset COFF
252b5132 3169@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3170When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3171@end ifset
3172@ifclear GENERIC
3173You
3174@end ifclear
3175can also use an extra subsection
3176argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3177@var{expression}}.
3178@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3179@ifset ELF
3180@ifset GENERIC
3181When generating ELF output, you
3182@end ifset
3183@ifclear GENERIC
3184You
3185@end ifclear
3186can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3187to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3188@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3189@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3190(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3191is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3192begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3193@smallexample
3194.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3195.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3196.text 1
3197.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3198.data 0
3199.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3200.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3201.text 0
3202.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3203.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3204@end smallexample
3205
3206Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3207assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3208restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3209counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3210@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3211current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3212assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3213
3214@node bss
3215@section bss Section
3216
3217@cindex bss section
3218@cindex common variable storage
3219The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3220You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3221not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3222your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3223section are zeroed bytes.
3224
3225The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3226@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3227
3228The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3229another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3230
3231@ifset GENERIC
3232When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3233COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3234see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3235section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3236@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3237@end ifset
3238
3239@node Symbols
3240@chapter Symbols
3241
3242@cindex symbols
3243Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3244things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3245to debug.
3246
3247@quotation
3248@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3249@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3250the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3251@end quotation
3252
3253@menu
3254* Labels:: Labels
3255* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3256* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3257* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3258* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3259@end menu
3260
3261@node Labels
3262@section Labels
3263
3264@cindex labels
3265A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3266@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3267active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3268operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3269different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3270definitions.
3271
3272@ifset HPPA
3273On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3274colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3275a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3276provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3277@end ifset
3278
3279@node Setting Symbols
3280@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3281
3282@cindex assigning values to symbols
3283@cindex symbol values, assigning
3284A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3285by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3286(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3287directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3288equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3289@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3290
f8739b83
JZ
3291@ifset Blackfin
3292Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3293@end ifset
3294
252b5132
RH
3295@node Symbol Names
3296@section Symbol Names
3297
3298@cindex symbol names
3299@cindex names, symbol
3300@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3301Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3302machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3303noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3304string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3305particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3306@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3307@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3308@ifset H8
3309Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3310Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3311character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3312on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3313@end ifset
3314@end ifset
3315
3316Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3317than @code{Foo}.
3318
3319Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3320refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3321in a program.
3322
3323@subheading Local Symbol Names
3324
3325@cindex local symbol names
3326@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3327A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3328By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3329@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3330set of local label prefixes.
3331@ifset HPPA
3332On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3333@end ifset
3334
3335Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3336normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3337You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3338@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3339
3340@subheading Local Labels
3341
3342@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3343@cindex temporary symbol names
3344@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3345Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3346They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3347the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3348To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3349represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3350definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3351you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3352@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3353for ``forwards''.
3354
3355There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3356too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3357the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3358defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3359definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3360noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3361implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3362
3363Here is an example:
3364
3365@smallexample
33661: branch 1f
33672: branch 1b
33681: branch 2f
33692: branch 1b
3370@end smallexample
3371
3372Which is the equivalent of:
3373
3374@smallexample
3375label_1: branch label_3
3376label_2: branch label_1
3377label_3: branch label_4
3378label_4: branch label_3
3379@end smallexample
3380
ba83aca1 3381Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3382transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3383The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3384are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3385these parts:
252b5132
RH
3386
3387@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3388@item @emph{local label prefix}
3389All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3390Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3391that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3392used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3393@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3394object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3395you may use them in debugging.
3396
2d5aaba0
NC
3397@item @var{number}
3398This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
3399label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3400
2d5aaba0
NC
3401@item @kbd{C-B}
3402This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3403of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3404
3405@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0
NC
3406This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
3407@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
3408number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3409the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3410@end table
3411
ba83aca1
BW
3412So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3413the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3414
3415@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3416@cindex dollar local symbols
3417
3418@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3419dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3420soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3421region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3422scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3423the same local label.
3424
3425Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3426except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3427@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3428
3429They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3430names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3431to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3432@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3433
3434@node Dot
3435@section The Special Dot Symbol
3436
3437@cindex dot (symbol)
3438@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3439@cindex current address
3440@cindex location counter
3441The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3442@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3443.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3444Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3445directive.
252b5132 3446@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3447Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3448@samp{.space 4}.
3449@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3450
3451@node Symbol Attributes
3452@section Symbol Attributes
3453
3454@cindex symbol attributes
3455@cindex attributes, symbol
3456Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3457``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3458attributes.
3459@ifset INTERNALS
3460The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3461@end ifset
3462
a4fb0134 3463If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3464all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3465symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3466would want.
3467
3468@menu
3469* Symbol Value:: Value
3470* Symbol Type:: Type
3471@ifset aout-bout
3472@ifset GENERIC
3473* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3474@end ifset
3475@ifclear GENERIC
3476@ifclear BOUT
3477* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3478@end ifclear
3479@ifset BOUT
3480* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3481@end ifset
3482@end ifclear
3483@end ifset
3484@ifset COFF
3485* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3486@end ifset
3487@ifset SOM
3488* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3489@end ifset
3490@end menu
3491
3492@node Symbol Value
3493@subsection Value
3494
3495@cindex value of a symbol
3496@cindex symbol value
3497The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3498location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3499number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3500Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3501as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3502symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3503called absolute.
3504
3505The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
35060 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3507@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3508same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3509name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3510common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3511bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3512allocated storage.
3513
3514@node Symbol Type
3515@subsection Type
3516
3517@cindex type of a symbol
3518@cindex symbol type
3519The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3520information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3521(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3522format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3523
3524@ifset aout-bout
3525@ifclear GENERIC
3526@ifset BOUT
3527@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3528@c better if it were available outside examples.
3529@need 1000
3530@node a.out Symbols
3531@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3532
3533@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3534@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3535These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3536one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3537@code{b.out}.
3538
3539@end ifset
3540@ifclear BOUT
3541@node a.out Symbols
3542@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3543
3544@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3545@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3546
3547@end ifclear
3548@end ifclear
3549@ifset GENERIC
3550@node a.out Symbols
3551@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3552
3553@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3554@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3555
3556@end ifset
3557@menu
3558* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3559* Symbol Other:: Other
3560@end menu
3561
3562@node Symbol Desc
3563@subsubsection Descriptor
3564
3565@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3566This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3567descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3568(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3569@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3570
3571@node Symbol Other
3572@subsubsection Other
3573
3574@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3575This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3576@end ifset
3577
3578@ifset COFF
3579@node COFF Symbols
3580@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3581
3582@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3583@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3584
3585The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3586like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3587@code{.endef} directives.
3588
3589@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3590
3591@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3592The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3593respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3594
3595@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3596
3597@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3598The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3599@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3600table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3601@end ifset
3602
3603@ifset SOM
3604@node SOM Symbols
3605@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3606
3607@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3608@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3609
3610The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3611the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3612
3613The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
3614Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3615@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3616@end ifset
3617
3618@node Expressions
3619@chapter Expressions
3620
3621@cindex expressions
3622@cindex addresses
3623@cindex numeric values
3624An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3625Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3626
3627The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3628a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3629enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3630section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3631the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3632@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3633
3634@menu
3635* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3636* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3637@end menu
3638
3639@node Empty Exprs
3640@section Empty Expressions
3641
3642@cindex empty expressions
3643@cindex expressions, empty
3644An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3645Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3646expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3647is compatible with other assemblers.
3648
3649@node Integer Exprs
3650@section Integer Expressions
3651
3652@cindex integer expressions
3653@cindex expressions, integer
3654An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3655by @emph{operators}.
3656
3657@menu
3658* Arguments:: Arguments
3659* Operators:: Operators
3660* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3661* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3662@end menu
3663
3664@node Arguments
3665@subsection Arguments
3666
3667@cindex expression arguments
3668@cindex arguments in expressions
3669@cindex operands in expressions
3670@cindex arithmetic operands
3671@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3672contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3673this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3674the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3675expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3676instruction operands.
3677
3678Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3679@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3680or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3681integer.
3682
3683Numbers are usually integers.
3684
3685A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3686that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3687these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3688instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3689assemblers.
3690
3691@cindex subexpressions
3692Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3693expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3694operator followed by an argument.
3695
3696@node Operators
3697@subsection Operators
3698
3699@cindex operators, in expressions
3700@cindex arithmetic functions
3701@cindex functions, in expressions
3702@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3703operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3704between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3705whitespace.
3706
3707@node Prefix Ops
3708@subsection Prefix Operator
3709
3710@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3711@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3712one argument, which must be absolute.
3713
3714@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3715@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3716@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3717@tex
3718\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3719@end tex
3720
3721@table @code
3722@item -
3723@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3724@item ~
3725@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3726@end table
3727
3728@tex
3729\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3730@end tex
3731
3732@node Infix Ops
3733@subsection Infix Operators
3734
3735@cindex infix operators
3736@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3737@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3738have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3739to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3740absolute, and the result is absolute.
3741
3742@enumerate
3743@cindex operator precedence
3744@cindex precedence of operators
3745
3746@item
3747Highest Precedence
3748
3749@table @code
3750@item *
3751@dfn{Multiplication}.
3752
3753@item /
3754@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3755
3756@item %
3757@dfn{Remainder}.
3758
d1eac9d9 3759@item <<
252b5132
RH
3760@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3761
d1eac9d9 3762@item >>
252b5132
RH
3763@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3764@end table
3765
3766@item
3767Intermediate precedence
3768
3769@table @code
3770@item |
3771
3772@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3773
3774@item &
3775@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3776
3777@item ^
3778@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3779
3780@item !
3781@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3782@end table
3783
3784@item
b131d4dc 3785Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3786
3787@table @code
3788@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3789@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3790@cindex arguments for addition
3791@item +
3792@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3793the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3794sections.
3795
3796@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3797@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3798@cindex arguments for subtraction
3799@item -
3800@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3801result has the section of the left argument.
3802If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3803You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3804@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3805
3806@cindex comparison expressions
3807@cindex expressions, comparison
3808@item ==
3809@dfn{Is Equal To}
3810@item <>
723a8472 3811@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3812@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3813@item <
3814@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3815@item >
b131d4dc 3816@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3817@item >=
b131d4dc 3818@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3819@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3820@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3821
3822The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3823value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3824perform signed comparisons.
3825@end table
3826
3827@item Lowest Precedence
3828
3829@table @code
3830@item &&
3831@dfn{Logical And}.
3832
3833@item ||
3834@dfn{Logical Or}.
3835
3836These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3837expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3838value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3839or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3840
252b5132
RH
3841@end table
3842@end enumerate
3843
3844In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3845address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3846
3847@node Pseudo Ops
3848@chapter Assembler Directives
3849
3850@cindex directives, machine independent
3851@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3852@cindex machine independent directives
3853All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3854The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3855
3856This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3857target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3858@ifset GENERIC
3859Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3860@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3861@end ifset
3862@ifclear GENERIC
3863@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3864@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3865@end ifset
3866@end ifclear
3867
3868@menu
3869* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3870@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3871* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3872@end ifset
f0dc282c 3873
252b5132 3874* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3875* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3876* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3877* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3878* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3879* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3880* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3881* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3882* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3883@ifset COFF
3884* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3885@end ifset
3886@ifset aout-bout
3887* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3888@end ifset
3889@ifset COFF
3890* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3891@end ifset
f0dc282c 3892
252b5132
RH
3893* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3894* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3895* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3896* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3897* End:: @code{.end}
3898@ifset COFF
3899* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3900@end ifset
f0dc282c 3901
252b5132
RH
3902* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3903* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3904* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3905* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 3906* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 3907* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 3908* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
3909* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
3910* Extern:: @code{.extern}
3911* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 3912* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
3913* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
3914* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
3915* Func:: @code{.func}
3916* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 3917@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 3918* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
3919* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
3920@end ifset
f0dc282c 3921
252b5132
RH
3922* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
3923* Ident:: @code{.ident}
3924* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 3925* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
3926* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
3927* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
3928@ifset ELF
3929* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
3930@end ifset
f0dc282c 3931
252b5132
RH
3932* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3933* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3934* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
3935* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
3936@ifclear no-line-dir
3937* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
3938@end ifclear
f0dc282c 3939
252b5132
RH
3940* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
3941* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 3942* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
3943* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
3944* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
3945@ifset ELF
3946* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
3947@end ifset
bd0eb99b 3948
252b5132
RH
3949* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
3950@ignore
3951* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3952@end ignore
f0dc282c 3953
252b5132
RH
3954* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
3955* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 3956* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
3957* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
3958* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
85234291
L
3959* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
3960* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
3961@ifset ELF
3962* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
3963* Previous:: @code{.previous}
3964@end ifset
f0dc282c 3965
252b5132 3966* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
3967@ifset ELF
3968* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
3969@end ifset
f0dc282c 3970
252b5132
RH
3971* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
3972* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
3973@ifset ELF
3974* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
3975@end ifset
f0dc282c 3976
252b5132 3977* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 3978* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
3979* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
3980* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
3981@ifset COFF
3982* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
3983@end ifset
3984@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 3985* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 3986@end ifset
f0dc282c 3987
252b5132
RH
3988* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3989* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
3990* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 3991@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 3992* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 3993@end ifset
884f0d36 3994@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 3995* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
3996@end ifclear
3997
252b5132 3998* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 3999@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4000* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4001@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4002@ifset have-stabs
4003* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4004@end ifset
f0dc282c 4005
38a57ae7 4006* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4007* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4008@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4009* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4010* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4011@end ifset
f0dc282c 4012
252b5132
RH
4013@ifset COFF
4014* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4015@end ifset
f0dc282c 4016
252b5132
RH
4017* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4018* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4019@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4020* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4021@end ifset
4022
c91d2e08 4023* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4024@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4025* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4026@end ifset
f0dc282c 4027
2e13b764 4028@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4029* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4030* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4031* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4032@end ifset
f0dc282c 4033
d190d046 4034* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4035* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4036* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4037* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4038* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4039@end menu
4040
4041@node Abort
4042@section @code{.abort}
4043
4044@cindex @code{abort} directive
4045@cindex stopping the assembly
4046This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4047compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4048assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4049of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4050quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4051
4052@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4053@node ABORT (COFF)
4054@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4055
4056@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4057When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4058synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4059
4060@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4061When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4062but ignores it.
4063@end ifset
4064@end ifset
4065
4066@node Align
4067@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4068
4069@cindex padding the location counter
4070@cindex @code{align} directive
4071Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4072boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4073required, as described below.
4074
4075The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4076padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4077padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4078marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4079with no-op instructions.
4080
4081The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4082it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4083directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4084specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4085fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4086required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4087with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4088
4089The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4090For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4091s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4092alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4093the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4094is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4095first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4096
9e9a9798 4097For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4098strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4099number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4100advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4101counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4102multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4103
4104This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4105native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4106GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4107described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4108architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4109
ccf8a69b
BW
4110@node Altmacro
4111@section @code{.altmacro}
4112Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4113
4114@ftable @code
4115@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4116One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4117generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4118replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4119replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4120separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4121define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4122
4123@item String delimiters
4124You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4125@code{"@var{string}"}:
4126
4127@table @code
4128@item '@var{string}'
4129You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4130
4131@item <@var{string}>
4132You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4133@end table
4134
4135@item single-character string escape
4136To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4137character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4138character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4139write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4140
4141@item Expression results as strings
4142You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
4143and use the result as a string.
4144@end ftable
4145
252b5132
RH
4146@node Ascii
4147@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4148
4149@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4150@cindex string literals
4151@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4152separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4153trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4154
4155@node Asciz
4156@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4157
4158@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4159@cindex zero-terminated strings
4160@cindex null-terminated strings
4161@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4162a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4163
4164@node Balign
4165@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4166
4167@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4168@cindex @code{balign} directive
4169Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4170storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4171alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4172the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4173is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4174
4175The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4176padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4177padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4178marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4179with no-op instructions.
4180
4181The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4182it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4183directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4184specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4185fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4186required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4187with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4188
4189@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4190@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4191The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4192@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4193pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4194fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
41954,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4196filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4197the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4198undefined.
4199
4200@node Byte
4201@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4202
4203@cindex @code{byte} directive
4204@cindex integers, one byte
4205@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4206Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4207
54cfded0 4208@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4209@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4210@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4211@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4212should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4213If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4214if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4215To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4216directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4217
4b7d318b 4218@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4219@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4220@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4221should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4222data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4223@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4224
4b7d318b
L
4225Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4226it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
4227
54cfded0
AM
4228@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4229@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4230@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4231unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4232@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4233
9b8ae42e
JJ
4234@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4235@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4236@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4237should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4238argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4239a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4240the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4241can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4242The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4243no personality routine.
4244
4245@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4246@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4247@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4248should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4249argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4250or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4251no LSDA.
4252
54cfded0
AM
4253@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4254@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
4255address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4256
4257@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4258@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4259now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4260remains the same.
4261
4262@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4263@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4264remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4265absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4266CFA address.
4267
4268@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4269Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4270value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4271
4272@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4273Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4274CFA.
4275
17076204
RH
4276@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4277Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4278the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4279using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4280This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4281code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4282
4b7d318b
L
4283@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4284Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4285
4286@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
4287@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4288same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4289instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4290
4291@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4292From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4293
4294@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
4295Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4296i.e. no restoration needed.
4297
4298@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4299First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4300then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4301everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4302the previous saved state.
4303
4304@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
4305Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4306directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4307
63752a75
JJ
4308@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4309Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4310
6749011b 4311@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4312SPARC register window has been saved.
4313
cdfbf930
RH
4314@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4315Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4316might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4317opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4318
f1c4cc75
RH
4319@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4320The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4321will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4322description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4323
4324The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4325limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4326mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4327by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4328or another register.
4329
ccf8a69b
BW
4330@node Comm
4331@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4332
ccf8a69b
BW
4333@cindex @code{comm} directive
4334@cindex symbol, common
4335@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4336common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4337of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4338definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4339allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4340absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4341the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4342using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4343
c1711530
DK
4344@ifset COFF-ELF
4345When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
4346an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
4347specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4348that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4349as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
4350boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
4351power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
4352common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
4353alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4354largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4355maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4356is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4357@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4358multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4359It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4360(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4361@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4362
ccf8a69b
BW
4363@ifset HPPA
4364The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4365@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4366@end ifset
07a53e5c 4367
252b5132
RH
4368@node Data
4369@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4370
4371@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4372@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4373end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4374absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4375to zero.
4376
4377@ifset COFF
4378@node Def
4379@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4380
4381@cindex @code{def} directive
4382@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4383@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4384Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4385definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4386@ifset BOUT
4387
a4fb0134 4388This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4389format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4390but ignored.
4391@end ifset
4392@end ifset
4393
4394@ifset aout-bout
4395@node Desc
4396@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4397
4398@cindex @code{desc} directive
4399@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4400@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4401This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4402to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4403
4404@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4405The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4406configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4407object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4408it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4409@end ifset
4410@end ifset
4411
4412@ifset COFF
4413@node Dim
4414@section @code{.dim}
4415
4416@cindex @code{dim} directive
4417@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4418@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4419This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4420information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4421@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4422@ifset BOUT
4423
4424@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4425@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4426ignores it.
4427@end ifset
4428@end ifset
4429
4430@node Double
4431@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4432
4433@cindex @code{double} directive
4434@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4435@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4436assembles floating point numbers.
4437@ifset GENERIC
4438The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4439@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4440@end ifset
4441@ifclear GENERIC
4442@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4443On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4444in @sc{ieee} format.
4445@end ifset
4446@end ifclear
4447
4448@node Eject
4449@section @code{.eject}
4450
4451@cindex @code{eject} directive
4452@cindex new page, in listings
4453@cindex page, in listings
4454@cindex listing control: new page
4455Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4456
4457@node Else
4458@section @code{.else}
4459
4460@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4461@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4462assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4463of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4464was false.
4465
3fd9f047
TW
4466@node Elseif
4467@section @code{.elseif}
4468
4469@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4470@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4471assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4472@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4473
252b5132
RH
4474@node End
4475@section @code{.end}
4476
4477@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4478@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4479process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4480
4481@ifset COFF
4482@node Endef
4483@section @code{.endef}
4484
4485@cindex @code{endef} directive
4486This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4487@code{.def}.
4488@ifset BOUT
4489
4490@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4491@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4492directive but ignores it.
4493@end ifset
4494@end ifset
4495
4496@node Endfunc
4497@section @code{.endfunc}
4498@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4499@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4500
4501@node Endif
4502@section @code{.endif}
4503
4504@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4505@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4506it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4507conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4508
4509@node Equ
4510@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4511
4512@cindex @code{equ} directive
4513@cindex assigning values to symbols
4514@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4515This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4516It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4517
4518@ifset HPPA
4519The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
4520@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4521@end ifset
4522
3c9b82ba
NC
4523@ifset Z80
4524The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4525@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
4526On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
96e9638b
BW
4527but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
4528Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4529@end ifset
4530
252b5132
RH
4531@node Equiv
4532@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4533@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4534The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4535the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4536symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4537undefined.
252b5132
RH
4538
4539Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
4540@smallexample
4541.ifdef SYM
4542.err
4543.endif
4544.equ SYM,VAL
4545@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4546plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4547
4548@node Eqv
4549@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4550@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4551The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4552evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4553the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4554value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4555
4556@node Err
4557@section @code{.err}
4558@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4559If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4560message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4561object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4562
d190d046
HPN
4563@node Error
4564@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4565@cindex error directive
4566
4567Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4568string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4569message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4570@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4571
4572@smallexample
4573 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4574@end smallexample
4575
252b5132
RH
4576@node Exitm
4577@section @code{.exitm}
4578Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4579
4580@node Extern
4581@section @code{.extern}
4582
4583@cindex @code{extern} directive
4584@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4585with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4586all undefined symbols as external.
4587
4588@node Fail
4589@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4590
4591@cindex @code{fail} directive
4592Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4593or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4594than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4595include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4596complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4597
252b5132 4598@node File
14082c76 4599@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4600@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4601
4602@ifclear no-file-dir
4603There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4604that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4605@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4606
4607@subheading Default Version
4608
252b5132
RH
4609@cindex logical file name
4610@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4611This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4612are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4613
4614@smallexample
4615.file @var{string}
4616@end smallexample
4617
4618@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4619recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4620to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4621statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4622old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4623
4624@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4625@end ifclear
4626
14082c76
BW
4627When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4628to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4629
4630@smallexample
4631.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4632@end smallexample
4633
4634The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4635index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4636literal.
4637
4638The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4639table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4640information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4641entries will have.
4642
252b5132
RH
4643@node Fill
4644@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4645
4646@cindex @code{fill} directive
4647@cindex writing patterns in memory
4648@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4649@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4650This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4651may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4652more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4653other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4654is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4655zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4656byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4657Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4658@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4659compatible with other people's assemblers.
4660
4661@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4662If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4663assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4664@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4665
4666@node Float
4667@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4668
4669@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4670@cindex @code{float} directive
4671This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4672has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4673@ifset GENERIC
4674The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4675@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4676@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4677@end ifset
4678@ifclear GENERIC
4679@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4680On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4681in @sc{ieee} format.
4682@end ifset
4683@end ifclear
4684
4685@node Func
4686@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4687@cindex @code{func} directive
4688@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4689is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4690Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4691@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4692prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4693@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4694All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4695The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4696
4697@node Global
4698@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4699
4700@cindex @code{global} directive
4701@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4702@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4703@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4704other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4705@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4706from another file linked into the same program.
4707
4708Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4709compatibility with other assemblers.
4710
4711@ifset HPPA
4712On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4713partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4714@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4715@end ifset
4716
c91d2e08 4717@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4718@node Gnu_attribute
4719@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4720Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4721
c91d2e08
NC
4722@node Hidden
4723@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4724
c1253627
NC
4725@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4726@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4727This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd
PB
4728@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
4729@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4730
4731This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4732their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4733@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
4734Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
4735@end ifset
4736
252b5132
RH
4737@node hword
4738@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4739
4740@cindex @code{hword} directive
4741@cindex integers, 16-bit
4742@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4743@cindex sixteen bit integers
4744This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4745a 16 bit number for each.
4746
4747@ifset GENERIC
4748This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4749architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4750@end ifset
4751@ifclear GENERIC
4752@ifset W32
4753This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4754@end ifset
4755@ifset W16
4756This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4757@end ifset
4758@end ifclear
4759
4760@node Ident
4761@section @code{.ident}
4762
4763@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4764
4765This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4766behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4767a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4768source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4769for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4770@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4771emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4772
4773@node If
4774@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4775
4776@cindex conditional assembly
4777@cindex @code{if} directive
4778@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4779considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4780(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4781the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4782(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4783alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4784If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4785nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4786
4787The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4788@table @code
4789@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4790@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4791Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4792has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4793is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4794
26aca5f6
JB
4795@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4796@item .ifb @var{text}
4797Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4798
252b5132
RH
4799@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4800@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4801Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4802strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4803the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4804end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4805string comparison is case sensitive.
4806
4807@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4808@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4809Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4810
4811@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4812@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4813Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4814
4815@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4816@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4817Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4818equal to zero.
4819
4820@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4821@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4822Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4823
4824@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4825@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4826Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4827to zero.
4828
4829@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4830@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4831Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4832
26aca5f6
JB
4833@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4834@item .ifnb @var{text}
4835Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4836following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4837
252b5132
RH
4838@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4839@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4840Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4841following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4842
4843@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4844@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4845@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4846@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4847Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4848has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4849which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4850
4851@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4852@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4853Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4854(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4855
4856@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4857@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4858Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4859following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4860@end table
4861
7e005732
NC
4862@node Incbin
4863@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4864
4865@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4866@cindex binary files, including
4867The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4868location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4869option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4870around @var{file}.
4871
4872The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4873@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4874read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4875responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4876after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4877
252b5132
RH
4878@node Include
4879@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4880
4881@cindex @code{include} directive
4882@cindex supporting files, including
4883@cindex files, including
4884This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4885points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4886if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4887included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4888can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4889(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4890around @var{file}.
4891
4892@node Int
4893@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
4894
4895@cindex @code{int} directive
4896@cindex integers, 32-bit
4897Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
4898For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
4899expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
4900of target the assembly is for.
4901
4902@ifclear GENERIC
4903@ifset H8
7be1c489 4904On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 4905integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
490632-bit integers.
4907@end ifset
4908@end ifclear
4909
c91d2e08
NC
4910@ifset ELF
4911@node Internal
4912@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
4913
c1253627
NC
4914@cindex @code{internal} directive
4915@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4916This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd
PB
4917@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
4918@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4919
4920This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4921their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4922@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 4923(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
4924processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
4925@end ifset
4926
252b5132
RH
4927@node Irp
4928@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4929
4930@cindex @code{irp} directive
4931Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4932The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
4933terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
4934set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
4935@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
4936@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
4937sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4938
4939For example, assembling
4940
4941@example
4942 .irp param,1,2,3
4943 move d\param,sp@@-
4944 .endr
4945@end example
4946
4947is equivalent to assembling
4948
4949@example
4950 move d1,sp@@-
4951 move d2,sp@@-
4952 move d3,sp@@-
4953@end example
4954
96e9638b 4955For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 4956
252b5132
RH
4957@node Irpc
4958@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4959
4960@cindex @code{irpc} directive
4961Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4962The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
4963terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
4964@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
4965assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
4966assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
4967@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4968
4969For example, assembling
4970
4971@example
4972 .irpc param,123
4973 move d\param,sp@@-
4974 .endr
4975@end example
4976
4977is equivalent to assembling
4978
4979@example
4980 move d1,sp@@-
4981 move d2,sp@@-
4982 move d3,sp@@-
4983@end example
4984
5e75c3ab
JB
4985For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
4986at @xref{Macro}.
4987
252b5132
RH
4988@node Lcomm
4989@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4990
4991@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
4992@cindex local common symbols
4993@cindex symbols, local common
4994Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
4995denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
4996those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
4997section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
4998is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
4999not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5000
5001@ifset GENERIC
5002Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5003argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5004@end ifset
5005
5006@ifset HPPA
5007The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5008@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5009@end ifset
5010
5011@node Lflags
5012@section @code{.lflags}
5013
5014@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5015@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5016assemblers, but ignores it.
5017
5018@ifclear no-line-dir
5019@node Line
5020@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5021
5022@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5023@cindex logical line number
5024@ifset aout-bout
5025Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5026expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5027statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5028reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5029@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5030for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5031@end ifset
5032
252b5132 5033Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5034@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5035when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5036were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5037@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5038
5039Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5040used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5041debugging.
5042@end ifclear
5043
5044@node Linkonce
5045@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5046@cindex COMDAT
5047@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5048@cindex common sections
5049Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5050This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5051but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5052The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5053Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5054unique.
5055
5056This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5057writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5058Executable format used on Windows NT.
5059
5060The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5061following strings. For example:
5062@smallexample
5063.linkonce same_size
5064@end smallexample
5065Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5066
5067@table @code
5068@item discard
5069Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5070
5071@item one_only
5072Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5073
5074@item same_size
5075Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5076
5077@item same_contents
5078Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5079@end table
5080
ccf8a69b
BW
5081@node List
5082@section @code{.list}
5083
5084@cindex @code{list} directive
5085@cindex listing control, turning on
5086Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5087not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5088internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5089counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5090generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5091
5092By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5093@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5094the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5095
252b5132
RH
5096@node Ln
5097@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5098
5099@cindex @code{ln} directive
5100@ifclear no-line-dir
5101@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5102@end ifclear
5103@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5104Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5105must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5106line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5107statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5108line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5109@ifset BOUT
5110
a4fb0134 5111This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5112configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5113output format.
5114@end ifset
5115@end ifset
5116
ccf8a69b
BW
5117@node Loc
5118@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5119@cindex @code{loc} directive
5120When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5121the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5122number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5123instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5124arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5125the row is added.
252b5132 5126
ccf8a69b
BW
5127The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5128
5129@table @code
5130@item basic_block
5131This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5132@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5133
5134@item prologue_end
5135This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5136@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5137
5138@item epilogue_begin
5139This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5140@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5141
5142@item is_stmt @var{value}
5143This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
5144@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
5145either 0 or 1.
5146
5147@item isa @var{value}
5148This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5149state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5150
92846e72
CC
5151@item discriminator @var{value}
5152This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5153state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5154
ccf8a69b
BW
5155@end table
5156
5157@node Loc_mark_labels
5158@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5159@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5160When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5161the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5162to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5163register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5164The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5165this function respectively.
252b5132 5166
4d4175af
BW
5167@ifset ELF
5168@node Local
5169@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5170
5171@cindex @code{local} directive
5172This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5173the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5174will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5175they will be created.
5176
5177For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5178accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5179the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5180(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5181@end ifset
5182
252b5132
RH
5183@node Long
5184@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5185
5186@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5187@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5188
5189@ignore
5190@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5191@c what it really ought to do
5192@node Lsym
5193@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5194
5195@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5196@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5197@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5198the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5199rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5200the same as the expression value:
5201@smallexample
5202@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5203@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5204@var{value} = @var{expression}
5205@end smallexample
5206@noindent
5207The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5208@end ignore
5209
5210@node Macro
5211@section @code{.macro}
5212
5213@cindex macros
5214The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5215generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5216@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5217
5218@example
5219 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5220 .long \from
5221 .if \to-\from
5222 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5223 .endif
5224 .endm
5225@end example
5226
5227@noindent
5228With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5229
5230@example
5231 .long 0
5232 .long 1
5233 .long 2
5234 .long 3
5235 .long 4
5236 .long 5
5237@end example
5238
5239@ftable @code
5240@item .macro @var{macname}
5241@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5242@cindex @code{macro} directive
5243Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5244definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5245separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5246indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5247@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5248(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5249macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5250cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5251subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5252definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5253
5254@table @code
5255@item .macro comm
5256Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5257arguments.
5258
6258339f 5259@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5260@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5261Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5262which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5263@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5264
5265@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5266Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5267arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5268After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5269@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5270@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5271,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5272@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5273
6eaeac8a
JB
5274@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5275Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5276arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5277not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5278will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5279
252b5132
RH
5280When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5281position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5282@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5283
6258339f
NC
5284@end table
5285
5e75c3ab
JB
5286Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5287as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5288occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5289characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5290(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5291architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5292character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5293replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5294construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5295identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5296this macro definition:
5297
5298@example
5299 .macro label l
5300\l:
5301 .endm
5302@end example
5303
5304might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5305called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5306assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5307identifier.
5308
5309Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5310which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5311for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5312length specifier like this:
5313
5314@example
5315 .macro opcode base length
5316 \base.\length
5317 .endm
5318@end example
5319
5320and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5321instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5322interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5323
5324There are several possible ways around this problem:
5325
5326@table @code
5327@item Insert white space
5328If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5329solution. eg:
5330
5331@example
5332 .macro label l
5333\l :
5334 .endm
5335@end example
5336
5337@item Use @samp{\()}
5338The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5339the following text. eg:
5340
5341@example
5342 .macro opcode base length
5343 \base\().\length
5344 .endm
5345@end example
5346
5347@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5348In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5349used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5350
5351@example
5352 .altmacro
5353 .macro label l
5354l&:
5355 .endm
5356@end example
6258339f 5357@end table
5e75c3ab 5358
96e9638b
BW
5359Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
5360also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
5361and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5362
252b5132
RH
5363@item .endm
5364@cindex @code{endm} directive
5365Mark the end of a macro definition.
5366
5367@item .exitm
5368@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5369Exit early from the current macro definition.
5370
5371@cindex number of macros executed
5372@cindex macros, count executed
5373@item \@@
a4fb0134 5374@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5375executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5376output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5377
252b5132
RH
5378@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5379@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5380macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5381@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5382@end ftable
252b5132 5383
ccf8a69b
BW
5384@node MRI
5385@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5386
ccf8a69b
BW
5387@cindex @code{mri} directive
5388@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5389If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5390@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5391affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5392of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5393
caa32fe5
NC
5394@node Noaltmacro
5395@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5396Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5397
252b5132
RH
5398@node Nolist
5399@section @code{.nolist}
5400
5401@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5402@cindex listing control, turning off
5403Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5404not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5405internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5406counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5407generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5408
5409@node Octa
5410@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5411
5412@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5413@cindex @code{octa} directive
5414@cindex integer, 16-byte
5415@cindex sixteen byte integer
5416This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5417bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5418
5419The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5420hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5421
5422@node Org
5423@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5424
5425@cindex @code{org} directive
5426@cindex location counter, advancing
5427@cindex advancing location counter
5428@cindex current address, advancing
5429Advance the location counter of the current section to
5430@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5431expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5432you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5433wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5434with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5435@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5436is the same as the current subsection.
5437
5438@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5439unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5440backwards.
5441
5442@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5443@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5444@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5445Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5446may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5447a chance to share your improved assembler.
5448
5449Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5450to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5451people's assemblers.
5452
5453When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5454intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5455absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5456@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5457
5458@node P2align
5459@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5460
5461@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5462@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5463Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5464storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5465number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5466advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5467counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5468multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5469
5470The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5471padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5472padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5473marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5474with no-op instructions.
5475
5476The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5477it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5478directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5479specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5480fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5481required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5482with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5483
5484@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5485@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5486The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5487@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5488pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5489fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
54902,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5491filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5492the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5493undefined.
5494
ccf8a69b
BW
5495@ifset ELF
5496@node PopSection
5497@section @code{.popsection}
5498
5499@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5500@cindex Section Stack
5501This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
5502@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5503@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
5504(@pxref{Previous}).
5505
5506This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5507section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
5508stack.
5509@end ifset
5510
c91d2e08
NC
5511@ifset ELF
5512@node Previous
5513@section @code{.previous}
5514
c1253627 5515@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5516@cindex Section Stack
5517This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5518@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5519@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5520(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5521
5522This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5523referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5524@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5525subsections). For example:
5526
5527@smallexample
5528.section A
5529 .subsection 1
5530 .word 0x1234
5531 .subsection 2
5532 .word 0x5678
5533.previous
5534 .word 0x9abc
5535@end smallexample
5536
5537Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5538section A. Whilst:
5539
5540@smallexample
5541.section A
5542.subsection 1
5543 # Now in section A subsection 1
5544 .word 0x1234
5545.section B
5546.subsection 0
5547 # Now in section B subsection 0
5548 .word 0x5678
5549.subsection 1
5550 # Now in section B subsection 1
5551 .word 0x9abc
5552.previous
5553 # Now in section B subsection 0
5554 .word 0xdef0
5555@end smallexample
5556
5557Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5558section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5559
5560In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5561the top section on the section stack.
5562@end ifset
5563
252b5132
RH
5564@node Print
5565@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5566
5567@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5568@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5569assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5570
c91d2e08
NC
5571@ifset ELF
5572@node Protected
5573@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5574
c1253627
NC
5575@cindex @code{protected} directive
5576@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5577This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5578@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5579
5580This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5581their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5582@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5583components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5584component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
5585this.
5586@end ifset
5587
252b5132
RH
5588@node Psize
5589@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5590
5591@cindex @code{psize} directive
5592@cindex listing control: paper size
5593@cindex paper size, for listings
5594Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5595number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5596
5597If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5598of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5599default width is 200 columns.
5600
a4fb0134 5601@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5602lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5603@code{.eject}).
5604
5605If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5606those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5607
5608@node Purgem
5609@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5610
5611@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5612Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5613expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5614
c91d2e08
NC
5615@ifset ELF
5616@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5617@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5618
c1253627 5619@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5620@cindex Section Stack
5621This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5622@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5623@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
5624(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5625
e9863d7f
DJ
5626This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5627top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5628subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5629@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5630as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5631@end ifset
5632
252b5132
RH
5633@node Quad
5634@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5635
5636@cindex @code{quad} directive
5637@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5638each bignum, it emits
5639@ifclear bignum-16
5640an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5641warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5642@cindex eight-byte integer
5643@cindex integer, 8-byte
5644
5645The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5646hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5647@end ifclear
5648@ifset bignum-16
5649a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5650warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5651@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5652@cindex integer, 16-byte
5653@end ifset
5654
05e9452c
AM
5655@node Reloc
5656@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5657
5658@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5659Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5660@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5661the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5662symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5663@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5664absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5665targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5666relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5667section.
5668
252b5132
RH
5669@node Rept
5670@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5671
5672@cindex @code{rept} directive
5673Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5674@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5675
5676For example, assembling
5677
5678@example
5679 .rept 3
5680 .long 0
5681 .endr
5682@end example
5683
5684is equivalent to assembling
5685
5686@example
5687 .long 0
5688 .long 0
5689 .long 0
5690@end example
5691
5692@node Sbttl
5693@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5694
5695@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5696@cindex subtitles for listings
5697@cindex listing control: subtitle
5698Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5699title line) when generating assembly listings.
5700
5701This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5702it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5703
5704@ifset COFF
5705@node Scl
5706@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5707
5708@cindex @code{scl} directive
5709@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5710@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5711Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5712used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5713whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5714symbolic debugging information.
5715@ifset BOUT
5716
5717The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5718configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5719accepts this directive but ignores it.
5720@end ifset
5721@end ifset
5722
c1253627 5723@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5724@node Section
c1253627 5725@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5726
252b5132
RH
5727@cindex named section
5728Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5729named @var{name}.
5730
5731This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5732named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5733with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5734
c1253627
NC
5735@ifset COFF
5736@ifset ELF
5737@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5738@subheading COFF Version
5739@end ifset
5740
5741@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5742For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5743ways:
c91d2e08 5744
252b5132
RH
5745@smallexample
5746.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5747.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5748@end smallexample
5749
5750If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5751section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5752@table @code
5753@item b
5754bss section (uninitialized data)
5755@item n
5756section is not loaded
5757@item w
5758writable section
5759@item d
5760data section
5761@item r
5762read-only section
5763@item x
5764executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5765@item s
5766shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5767@item a
5768ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5769@item y
5770section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
252b5132
RH
5771@end table
5772
5773If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5774the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5775loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5776from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5777will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5778
5779If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5780taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5781@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5782
5783@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5784@ifset COFF
5785@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5786@subheading ELF Version
5787@end ifset
5788
c91d2e08
NC
5789@cindex Section Stack
5790This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5791@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
5792(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5793@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5794
c1253627 5795@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5796For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5797
252b5132 5798@smallexample
7047dd1e 5799.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5800@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5801
252b5132 5802The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5803combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5804@table @code
5805@item a
5806section is allocatable
5807@item w
5808section is writable
5809@item x
5810section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5811@item M
5812section is mergeable
5813@item S
5814section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5815@item G
5816section is a member of a section group
5817@item T
5818section is used for thread-local-storage
252b5132
RH
5819@end table
5820
5821The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5822@table @code
5823@item @@progbits
5824section contains data
5825@item @@nobits
5826section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5827@item @@note
5828section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5829@item @@init_array
5830section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5831@item @@fini_array
5832section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5833@item @@preinit_array
5834section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5835@end table
5836
10b016c2
PB
5837Many targets only support the first three section types.
5838
ececec60
NC
5839Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5840ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5841@code{%} character.
5842
22fe14ad 5843If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5844be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5845
5846@smallexample
5847.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5848@end smallexample
5849
5850Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5851constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5852@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5853@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5854the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
5855absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
5856which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
5857@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
5858@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
5859
5860If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5861be present along with an additional field like this:
5862
5863@smallexample
5864.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5865@end smallexample
5866
5867The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5868particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5869@table @code
5870@item comdat
5871indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5872@item .gnu.linkonce
5873an alias for comdat
5874@end table
5875
96e9638b 5876Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5877the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5878
5879@smallexample
5880.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5881@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5882
252b5132
RH
5883If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5884the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
5885none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
5886executable. The section will contain data.
5887
5888For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
5889directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 5890
252b5132
RH
5891@smallexample
5892.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
5893@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5894
252b5132
RH
5895Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
5896separated flags:
5897@table @code
5898@item #alloc
5899section is allocatable
5900@item #write
5901section is writable
5902@item #execinstr
5903section is executable
22fe14ad
NC
5904@item #tls
5905section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 5906@end table
c91d2e08 5907
e9863d7f
DJ
5908This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
5909contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
5910some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
5911work.
c1253627
NC
5912@end ifset
5913@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5914
5915@node Set
5916@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5917
5918@cindex @code{set} directive
5919@cindex symbol value, setting
5920Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
5921changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
5922@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
5923flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
5924
5925You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
5926
5927If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
5928file is the last value stored into it.
5929
3c9b82ba
NC
5930@ifset Z80
5931On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
5932@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
5933@end ifset
5934
252b5132
RH
5935@node Short
5936@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
5937
5938@cindex @code{short} directive
5939@ifset GENERIC
5940@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
5941@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
5942
5943In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 5944numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5945@end ifset
5946@ifclear GENERIC
5947@ifset W16
5948@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
5949@end ifset
5950@ifset W32
5951This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5952a 16 bit number for each.
5953@end ifset
5954@end ifclear
5955
5956@node Single
5957@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
5958
5959@cindex @code{single} directive
5960@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5961This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5962has the same effect as @code{.float}.
5963@ifset GENERIC
5964The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5965@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5966@end ifset
5967@ifclear GENERIC
5968@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5969On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
5970numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
5971@end ifset
5972@end ifclear
5973
c1253627 5974@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5975@node Size
c1253627 5976@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 5977
c1253627
NC
5978This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
5979
5980@ifset COFF
5981@ifset ELF
5982@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5983@subheading COFF Version
5984@end ifset
5985
5986@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
5987For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
5988@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
5989
5990@smallexample
5991.size @var{expression}
5992@end smallexample
252b5132 5993
c91d2e08 5994@ifset BOUT
252b5132 5995@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 5996@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
5997ignores it.
5998@end ifset
c1253627 5999@end ifset
c91d2e08 6000
c1253627
NC
6001@ifset ELF
6002@ifset COFF
6003@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6004@subheading ELF Version
6005@end ifset
6006
6007@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6008For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6009
c1253627
NC
6010@smallexample
6011.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6012@end smallexample
6013
6014This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6015The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6016arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6017symbols.
c1253627
NC
6018@end ifset
6019@end ifset
252b5132 6020
252b5132
RH
6021@ifclear no-space-dir
6022@node Skip
6023@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6024
6025@cindex @code{skip} directive
6026@cindex filling memory
6027This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6028@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6029@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6030@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6031@end ifclear
252b5132 6032
ccf8a69b
BW
6033@node Sleb128
6034@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6035
6036@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
6037@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
6038compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6039symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6040
884f0d36 6041@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6042@node Space
6043@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6044
6045@cindex @code{space} directive
6046@cindex filling memory
6047This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6048@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6049and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6050as @samp{.skip}.
6051
6052@ifset HPPA
6053@quotation
6054@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6055targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6056Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6057@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6058for a summary.
6059@end quotation
6060@end ifset
6061@end ifclear
6062
252b5132
RH
6063@ifset have-stabs
6064@node Stab
6065@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6066
6067@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6068@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6069There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6070All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6071The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6072cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6073Up to five fields are required:
6074
6075@table @var
6076@item string
6077This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6078@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6079debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6080using this field.
6081
6082@item type
6083An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6084this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6085and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6086
6087@item other
6088An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6089low 8 bits of this expression.
6090
6091@item desc
6092An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6093bits of this expression.
6094
6095@item value
6096An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6097@end table
6098
6099If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6100or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6101you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6102compatible with earlier assemblers!
6103
6104@table @code
6105@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6106@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6107
6108The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6109It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6110null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6111strings.
6112
6113The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6114relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6115is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6116assembled.
6117
6118@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6119@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6120The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6121
6122@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6123@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6124All five fields are specified.
6125@end table
6126@end ifset
6127@c end have-stabs
6128
6129@node String
38a57ae7
NC
6130@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
6131"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6132
6133@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6134@cindex string8, copying to object file
6135@cindex string16, copying to object file
6136@cindex string32, copying to object file
6137@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6138@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6139@cindex @code{string8} directive
6140@cindex @code{string16} directive
6141@cindex @code{string32} directive
6142@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6143
6144Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6145one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6146particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6147You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6148
38a57ae7
NC
6149The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
6150the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6151copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6152are stored in target endianness byte order.
6153
6154Example:
6155@smallexample
6156 .string32 "BYE"
6157expands to:
6158 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6159 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6160@end smallexample
6161
6162
252b5132
RH
6163@node Struct
6164@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6165
6166@cindex @code{struct} directive
6167Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6168which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6169@smallexample
6170 .struct 0
6171field1:
6172 .struct field1 + 4
6173field2:
6174 .struct field2 + 4
6175field3:
6176@end smallexample
6177This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6178@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6179value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6180use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6181before further assembly.
6182
c91d2e08
NC
6183@ifset ELF
6184@node SubSection
6185@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6186
c1253627 6187@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6188@cindex Section Stack
6189This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6190@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6191@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
6192(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6193
6194This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6195section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6196in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6197@end ifset
6198
252b5132
RH
6199@ifset ELF
6200@node Symver
6201@section @code{.symver}
6202@cindex @code{symver} directive
6203@cindex symbol versioning
6204@cindex versions of symbols
6205Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6206within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6207typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6208There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6209into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6210shared library.
6211
79082ff0 6212For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6213@smallexample
6214.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6215@end smallexample
339681c0 6216If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6217being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6218alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6219just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6220permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6221of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6222itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6223have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6224file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6225function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6226the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6227building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6228symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6229nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6230
6231If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6232references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6233reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6234symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6235
6236Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6237@smallexample
6238.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6239@end smallexample
6240In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6241the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6242difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6243references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6244
6245The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6246@smallexample
6247.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6248@end smallexample
6249When @var{name} is not defined within the
6250file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6251@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6252name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6253@end ifset
6254
6255@ifset COFF
6256@node Tag
6257@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6258
6259@cindex COFF structure debugging
6260@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6261@cindex @code{tag} directive
6262This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6263information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6264@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6265definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6266@ifset BOUT
6267
6268@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6269@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6270ignores it.
6271@end ifset
6272@end ifset
6273
6274@node Text
6275@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6276
6277@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6278Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6279the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6280expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6281is used.
6282
6283@node Title
6284@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6285
6286@cindex @code{title} directive
6287@cindex listing control: title line
6288Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6289source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6290
6291This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6292it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6293
c1253627 6294@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6295@node Type
c1253627
NC
6296@section @code{.type}
6297
6298This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6299
6300@ifset COFF
6301@ifset ELF
6302@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6303@subheading COFF Version
6304@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6305
6306@cindex COFF symbol type
6307@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6308@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6309For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6310@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6311
6312@smallexample
6313.type @var{int}
6314@end smallexample
6315
6316This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6317entry.
252b5132 6318
c91d2e08 6319@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6320@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6321@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6322directive but ignores it.
6323@end ifset
c1253627 6324@end ifset
c91d2e08 6325
c1253627
NC
6326@ifset ELF
6327@ifset COFF
6328@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6329@subheading ELF Version
6330@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6331
6332@cindex ELF symbol type
6333@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6334@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6335For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6336
6337@smallexample
6338.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6339@end smallexample
6340
6341This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6342function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6343supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6344compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6345
6346Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6347@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6348below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6349the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6350maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6351assemblers.
6352
6353The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6354
6355@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6356 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6357 .type <name>,#<type>
6358 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6359 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6360 .type <name>,"<type>"
6361@end smallexample
6362
6363The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6364
5671778d
NC
6365@table @gcctabopt
6366@item STT_FUNC
6367@itemx function
6368Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6369
d8045f23
NC
6370@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6371@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6372Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
6373processing. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6374
5671778d
NC
6375@item STT_OBJECT
6376@itemx object
6377Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6378
6379@item STT_TLS
6380@itemx tls_object
6381Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6382
6383@item STT_COMMON
6384@itemx common
6385Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6386
6387@item STT_NOTYPE
6388@itemx notype
6389Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6390
3e7a7d11
NC
6391@item gnu_unique_object
6392Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6393will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
6394name and type in use. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6395
5671778d
NC
6396@end table
6397
6398Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6399
c1253627
NC
6400@end ifset
6401@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6402
6403@node Uleb128
6404@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6405
6406@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
6407@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
6408compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6409symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6410
6411@ifset COFF
6412@node Val
6413@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6414
6415@cindex @code{val} directive
6416@cindex COFF value attribute
6417@cindex value attribute, COFF
6418This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6419records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6420entry.
6421@ifset BOUT
6422
a4fb0134 6423@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6424configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6425@end ifset
6426@end ifset
6427
2e13b764 6428@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6429@node Version
6430@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6431
c1253627 6432@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6433This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6434formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6435@end ifset
2e13b764 6436
c91d2e08
NC
6437@ifset ELF
6438@node VTableEntry
6439@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6440
653cfe85 6441@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6442This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6443@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6444
c91d2e08
NC
6445@node VTableInherit
6446@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6447
653cfe85 6448@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6449This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6450@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6451parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6452parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6453@end ifset
2e13b764 6454
d190d046
HPN
6455@node Warning
6456@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6457@cindex warning directive
6458Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6459(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6460
c91d2e08
NC
6461@node Weak
6462@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6463
c1253627 6464@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6465This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6466@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6467
977cdf5a
NC
6468On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
6469directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6470@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6471
977cdf5a
NC
6472On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
6473When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
6474alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6475
06e77878
AO
6476@node Weakref
6477@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6478
6479@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6480This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6481be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6482If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6483will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6484symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6485
6486The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6487assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6488symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6489resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6490had the references to the alias removed.
6491
6492The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6493within the assembler.
6494
252b5132
RH
6495@node Word
6496@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6497
6498@cindex @code{word} directive
6499This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6500separated by commas.
6501@ifclear GENERIC
6502@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6503For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6504@end ifset
6505@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6506For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6507@end ifset
6508@end ifclear
6509@ifset GENERIC
6510
6511The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6512depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6513@end ifset
6514
6515@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6516@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6517@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6518@cindex difference tables altered
6519@cindex altered difference tables
6520@quotation
6521@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6522@end quotation
6523
6524@ifset GENERIC
6525Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6526addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6527interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6528@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6529
6530@end ifset
6531In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6532@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6533Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6534compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6535directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6536@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6537creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6538This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6539first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6540of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6541table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6542contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6543@code{sym2}.
6544
6545If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6546secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6547@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6548long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6549and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6550minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6551entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6552
6553@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6554@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6555@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6556assembly language programmers.
6557@end ifset
6558@end ifset
6559@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6560
6561@node Deprecated
6562@section Deprecated Directives
6563
6564@cindex deprecated directives
6565@cindex obsolescent directives
6566One day these directives won't work.
6567They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6568@table @t
6569@item .abort
6570@item .line
6571@end table
6572
3a99f02f
DJ
6573@ifset ELF
6574@node Object Attributes
6575@chapter Object Attributes
6576@cindex object attributes
6577
6578@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6579into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6580Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6581point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6582requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6583passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6584hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6585generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6586newer generation at run-time.
6587
6588This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6589@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6590time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6591correctly.
6592
6593Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6594attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6595string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6596and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6597or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6598attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6599
6600Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6601The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6602
6603@menu
6604* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6605* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6606@end menu
6607
6608@node GNU Object Attributes
6609@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6610
6611The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6612with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6613
6614Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6615its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6616an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
66172} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6618architecture-dependent ones.
6619
6620@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6621
6622These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6623
6624@table @r
6625@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6626The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6627the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6628then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6629than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6630arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6631@end table
6632
6633@subsection MIPS Attributes
6634
6635@table @r
6636@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6637The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6638
6639@itemize @bullet
6640@item
66410 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6642@item
66431 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6644FPU.
6645@item
66462 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6647@item
66483 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6649@item
66504 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6651double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6652purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6653@end itemize
6654@end table
6655
6656@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6657
6658@table @r
6659@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6660The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6661
6662@itemize @bullet
6663@item
66640 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6665@item
3c7b9897 66661 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6667@item
66682 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6669@item
66703 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6671@end itemize
6672
6673@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6674The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6675
6676@itemize @bullet
6677@item
66780 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6679@item
66801 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6681@item
66822 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6683@item
66843 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6685@end itemize
6686@end table
6687
6688@node Defining New Object Attributes
6689@section Defining New Object Attributes
6690
6691If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6692will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6693mailing list.
6694
6695@itemize @bullet
6696@item
6697This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6698@item
6699The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6700@item
6701The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6702and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6703@item
6704Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6705@item
6706@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6707@item
6708GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6709@end itemize
6710
6711@end ifset
6712
252b5132
RH
6713@ifset GENERIC
6714@node Machine Dependencies
6715@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6716
6717@cindex machine dependencies
6718The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6719each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6720vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6721directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6722assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6723@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6724optimization.
6725
6726This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6727include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6728subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6729
6730@menu
625e1353
RH
6731@ifset ALPHA
6732* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6733@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6734@ifset ARC
6735* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6736@end ifset
6737@ifset ARM
6738* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6739@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6740@ifset AVR
6741* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6742@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6743@ifset Blackfin
6744* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6745@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6746@ifset CR16
6747* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6748@end ifset
8bf549a8 6749@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6750* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6751@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6752@ifset D10V
6753* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6754@end ifset
6755@ifset D30V
6756* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6757@end ifset
6758@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6759* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6760@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6761@ifset HPPA
6762* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6763@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6764@ifset I370
6765* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6766@end ifset
252b5132 6767@ifset I80386
55b62671 6768* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6769@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6770@ifset I860
6771* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6772@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6773@ifset I960
6774* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6775@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6776@ifset IA64
6777* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6778@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6779@ifset IP2K
6780* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6781@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6782@ifset LM32
6783* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6784@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6785@ifset M32C
6786* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6787@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6788@ifset M32R
6789* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6790@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6791@ifset M680X0
6792* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6793@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6794@ifset M68HC11
6795* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6796@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
6797@ifset MICROBLAZE
6798* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
6799@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6800@ifset MIPS
6801* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6802@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6803@ifset MMIX
6804* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6805@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6806@ifset MSP430
6807* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6808@end ifset
252b5132 6809@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6810* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6811* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6812@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6813@ifset PDP11
6814* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6815@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6816@ifset PJ
6817* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6818@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6819@ifset PPC
6820* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6821@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
6822@ifset RX
6823* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
6824@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
6825@ifset S390
6826* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
6827@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
6828@ifset SCORE
6829* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
6830@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6831@ifset SPARC
6832* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6833@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6834@ifset TIC54X
6835* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6836@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6837@ifset V850
6838* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6839@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6840@ifset XTENSA
6841* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6842@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6843@ifset Z80
6844* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6845@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6846@ifset Z8000
6847* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6848@end ifset
6849@ifset VAX
6850* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6851@end ifset
6852@end menu
6853
6854@lowersections
6855@end ifset
6856
6857@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6858@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6859@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6860@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6861@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6862@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6863@c in both conditional blocks.
6864
625e1353
RH
6865@ifset ALPHA
6866@include c-alpha.texi
6867@end ifset
6868
6869@ifset ARC
6870@include c-arc.texi
6871@end ifset
6872
252b5132
RH
6873@ifset ARM
6874@include c-arm.texi
6875@end ifset
6876
8473f7a4
DC
6877@ifset AVR
6878@include c-avr.texi
6879@end ifset
6880
3b4e1885 6881@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
6882@include c-bfin.texi
6883@end ifset
6884
3d3d428f
NC
6885@ifset CR16
6886@include c-cr16.texi
6887@end ifset
6888
328eb32e
HPN
6889@ifset CRIS
6890@include c-cris.texi
6891@end ifset
6892
c2dcd04e 6893@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
6894@ifclear GENERIC
6895@node Machine Dependencies
6896@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6897
c2dcd04e 6898The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 6899and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 6900chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
6901family.
6902
6903@menu
c2dcd04e 6904* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 6905* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
6906@end menu
6907@lowersections
6908@end ifclear
6909@end ifset
6910
6911@ifset D10V
6912@include c-d10v.texi
6913@end ifset
6914
6915@ifset D30V
6916@include c-d30v.texi
6917@end ifset
6918
6919@ifset H8/300
6920@include c-h8300.texi
6921@end ifset
6922
252b5132
RH
6923@ifset HPPA
6924@include c-hppa.texi
6925@end ifset
6926
5b93d8bb
AM
6927@ifset I370
6928@include c-i370.texi
6929@end ifset
6930
252b5132
RH
6931@ifset I80386
6932@include c-i386.texi
6933@end ifset
6934
e3308d0d
JE
6935@ifset I860
6936@include c-i860.texi
6937@end ifset
6938
252b5132
RH
6939@ifset I960
6940@include c-i960.texi
6941@end ifset
6942
9e32ca89
NC
6943@ifset IA64
6944@include c-ia64.texi
6945@end ifset
6946
a40cbfa3
NC
6947@ifset IP2K
6948@include c-ip2k.texi
6949@end ifset
6950
84e94c90
NC
6951@ifset LM32
6952@include c-lm32.texi
6953@end ifset
6954
49f58d10
JB
6955@ifset M32C
6956@include c-m32c.texi
6957@end ifset
6958
ec694b89
NC
6959@ifset M32R
6960@include c-m32r.texi
6961@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6962
6963@ifset M680X0
6964@include c-m68k.texi
6965@end ifset
6966
60bcf0fa
NC
6967@ifset M68HC11
6968@include c-m68hc11.texi
6969@end ifset
6970
7ba29e2a
NC
6971@ifset MICROBLAZE
6972@include c-microblaze.texi
6973@end ifset
6974
252b5132
RH
6975@ifset MIPS
6976@include c-mips.texi
6977@end ifset
6978
3c3bdf30
NC
6979@ifset MMIX
6980@include c-mmix.texi
6981@end ifset
6982
2469cfa2
NC
6983@ifset MSP430
6984@include c-msp430.texi
6985@end ifset
6986
252b5132
RH
6987@ifset NS32K
6988@include c-ns32k.texi
6989@end ifset
6990
e135f41b
NC
6991@ifset PDP11
6992@include c-pdp11.texi
6993@end ifset
6994
041dd5a9
ILT
6995@ifset PJ
6996@include c-pj.texi
6997@end ifset
6998
418c1742
MG
6999@ifset PPC
7000@include c-ppc.texi
7001@end ifset
7002
046d31c2
NC
7003@ifset RX
7004@include c-rx.texi
7005@end ifset
7006
11c19e16
MS
7007@ifset S390
7008@include c-s390.texi
7009@end ifset
7010
c0157db4
NC
7011@ifset SCORE
7012@include c-score.texi
7013@end ifset
7014
252b5132
RH
7015@ifset SH
7016@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7017@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7018@end ifset
7019
7020@ifset SPARC
7021@include c-sparc.texi
7022@end ifset
7023
39bec121
TW
7024@ifset TIC54X
7025@include c-tic54x.texi
7026@end ifset
7027
3c9b82ba
NC
7028@ifset Z80
7029@include c-z80.texi
7030@end ifset
7031
252b5132
RH
7032@ifset Z8000
7033@include c-z8k.texi
7034@end ifset
7035
7036@ifset VAX
7037@include c-vax.texi
7038@end ifset
7039
7040@ifset V850
7041@include c-v850.texi
7042@end ifset
7043
e0001a05
NC
7044@ifset XTENSA
7045@include c-xtensa.texi
7046@end ifset
7047
252b5132
RH
7048@ifset GENERIC
7049@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7050@raisesections
7051@end ifset
7052
7053@node Reporting Bugs
7054@chapter Reporting Bugs
7055@cindex bugs in assembler
7056@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7057
a4fb0134 7058Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7059
7060Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7061not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7062entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7063Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7064
7065In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7066information that enables us to fix the bug.
7067
7068@menu
7069* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7070* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7071@end menu
7072
7073@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7074@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7075@cindex bug criteria
7076
7077If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7078
7079@itemize @bullet
7080@cindex fatal signal
7081@cindex assembler crash
7082@cindex crash of assembler
7083@item
7084If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7085@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7086
7087@cindex error on valid input
7088@item
a4fb0134 7089If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7090
7091@cindex invalid input
7092@item
a4fb0134 7093If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7094is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7095be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7096
7097@item
7098If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7099of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7100@end itemize
7101
7102@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7103@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7104@cindex bug reports
7105@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7106
7107A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7108you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7109contact that organization first.
7110
7111You can find contact information for many support companies and
7112individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7113distribution.
7114
ad22bfe8 7115@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7116In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7117to @value{BUGURL}.
7118@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7119
7120The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7121@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7122fact or leave it out, state it!
7123
7124Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7125and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7126name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7127not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7128happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7129perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7130the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7131give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7132and the most helpful.
7133
7134Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7135it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7136that the bug has not been reported previously.
7137
7138Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7139bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7140respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7141You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7142
7143To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7144
7145@itemize @bullet
7146@item
a4fb0134 7147The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7148it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7149
7150Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7151the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7152
7153@item
a4fb0134 7154Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7155
7156@item
7157The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7158version number.
7159
7160@item
a4fb0134 7161What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7162``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7163
7164@item
7165The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7166observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7167all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7168
7169If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7170and then we might not encounter the bug.
7171
7172@item
7173A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7174the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7175high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7176when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7177the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7178file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7179@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7180
7181@item
7182A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7183incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7184
a4fb0134 7185Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7186will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7187notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7188make a mistake.
7189
7190Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7191explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7192@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7193library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7194would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7195would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7196expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7197observations.
7198
7199@item
a4fb0134 7200If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7201diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7202option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7203discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7204by line number.
7205
7206The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7207sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7208@end itemize
7209
7210Here are some things that are not necessary:
7211
7212@itemize @bullet
7213@item
7214A description of the envelope of the bug.
7215
7216Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7217which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7218changes will not affect it.
7219
7220This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7221will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7222with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7223We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7224
7225Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7226of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7227output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7228less time, and so on.
7229
7230However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7231report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7232
7233@item
7234A patch for the bug.
7235
7236A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7237the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7238a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7239to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7240
a4fb0134 7241Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7242construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7243the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7244one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7245
7246And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7247patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7248help us to understand.
7249
7250@item
7251A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7252
7253Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7254things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7255@end itemize
7256
7257@node Acknowledgements
7258@chapter Acknowledgements
7259
653cfe85 7260If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132
RH
7261it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
7262maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7263@c (January 1994),
7264the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7265
7266Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7267more details?}
7268
7269Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7270information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7271extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7272
7273K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7274many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7275up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7276testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7277including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7278and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7279support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7280port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7281file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7282assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7283
7284Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7285in format-specific I/O modules.
7286
7287The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7288has done much work with it since.
7289
7290The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7291
7292Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7293
7294The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7295University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7296
7297Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7298(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7299(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7300support a.out format.
7301
7be1c489
AM
7302Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7303tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7304Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7305use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7306targets.
7307
7308John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7309simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7310updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7311fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7312remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7313cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7314required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7315
7316Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
731768k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7318added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7319PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7320
653cfe85 7321Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7322
7323Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7324
7325Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7326along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7327formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7328the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7329
7330Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7331Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7332Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7333Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7334and some initial 64-bit support).
7335
c1253627 7336Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7337
252b5132
RH
7338Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7339support for openVMS/Alpha.
7340
39bec121
TW
7341Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7342flavors.
7343
e0001a05 7344David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7345Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7346
252b5132
RH
7347Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7348configuration enhancements.
7349
84e94c90
NC
7350Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7351
252b5132
RH
7352Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7353you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7354want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7355intentionally leaving anyone out.
7356
793c5807
NC
7357@node GNU Free Documentation License
7358@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7359@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7360
370b66a1
CD
7361@node AS Index
7362@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7363
7364@printindex cp
7365
252b5132
RH
7366@bye
7367@c Local Variables:
7368@c fill-column: 79
7369@c End: